OracleŽ
Retail Merchandising Data Conversion Operations Guide, Release 14.1.1
E61769-01
Copyright Š 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Primary Author: Chaitra Ramaprasad/Nirmala Suryaprakasha
This software and related documentation are provided under a license
agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by
intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license
agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate,
broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or
display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering,
disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for
interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and
is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them
to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the
U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then
the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating
system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or
documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial
computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition
Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication,
disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any
operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware,
and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license
restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the
U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of
information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in
any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a
risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous
applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe,
backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation
and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this
software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its
affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel
Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo,
and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced
Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or
information about content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle
Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim
all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and
services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and
Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any
loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party
content, products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable agreement
between you and Oracle.
Value-Added Reseller (VAR) Language
Oracle
Retail VAR Applications
The following restrictions and provisions only apply to the programs
referred to in this section and licensed to you. You acknowledge that the
programs may contain third party software (VAR applications) licensed to
Oracle. Depending upon your product and its version number, the VAR
applications may include:
(i) the MicroStrategy Components
developed and licensed by MicroStrategy Services Corporation (MicroStrategy) of
(ii) the Wavelink component
developed and licensed by Wavelink Corporation (Wavelink) of
(iii) the software component known as Access Via licensed by Access Via of Seattle, Washington, and
imbedded in Oracle Retail Signs and Oracle Retail Labels and Tags.
(iv) the software component known as Adobe
Flex licensed by Adobe Systems Incorporated of
You acknowledge and confirm that Oracle grants you use of only the object
code of the VAR Applications. Oracle will not deliver source code to the VAR
Applications to you. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the
agreement and this ordering document, you shall not cause or permit alteration
of any VAR Applications. For purposes of this section, "alteration"
refers to all alterations, translations, upgrades, enhancements, customizations
or modifications of all or any portion of the VAR Applications including all
reconfigurations, reassembly or reverse assembly, re-engineering or reverse
engineering and recompilations or reverse compilations of the VAR Applications
or any derivatives of the VAR Applications. You acknowledge that it shall be a
breach of the agreement to utilize the relationship, and/or confidential
information of the VAR Applications for purposes of competitive discovery.
The information contained in this document is for informational sharing
purposes only and should be considered in your capacity as a customer advisory
board member or pursuant to your beta trial agreement only. It is not a
commitment to deliver any material, code, or functionality, and should not be
relied upon in making purchasing decisions. The development, release, and
timing of any features or functionality described in this document remains at
the sole discretion of Oracle.
This document in any form, software or printed matter, contains
proprietary information that is the exclusive property of Oracle. Your access
to and use of this confidential material is subject to the terms and conditions
of your Oracle Master Agreement, Oracle License and Services Agreement, Oracle
PartnerNetwork Agreement, Oracle distribution agreement, or other license
agreement which has been executed by you and Oracle and with which you agree to
comply. This document and information contained herein may not be disclosed,
copied, reproduced, or distributed to anyone outside Oracle without prior
written consent of Oracle. This document is not part of your license agreement
nor can it be incorporated into any contractual agreement with Oracle or its
subsidiaries or affiliates.
Improved
Process for Oracle Retail Documentation Corrections
Oracle Retail
Documentation on the Oracle Technology Network
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
TSF Entities
- DC_TSF_ENTITY Table
Set of Books
- DC_TSF_FIF_GL_SETUP Table
Organization
Unit - DC_ORG_UNIT Table
Segment
Wrapper / Load Script (DC_LOAD_CORE.KSH)
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
Merchandise
Hierarchy Defaults - DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS Table
VAT
Departments - DC_VAT_DEPS Table
UDA Item
Defaults - DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS Table
DC_LOAD_MERCH.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_WH_ORG.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
Segment
Wrapper / Load Script (DC_LOAD_STORE_ORG.KSH)
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
Supplier
Address - DC_SUP_ADDR Table
Supplier
Import Attributes - DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR Table
DC_LOAD_SUPPLIER.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_PARTNER.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
DBC_CREATE_COUNTRY_ATTRIB
Table
DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_FASHION_ITEM.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_HARDLINE_ITEM.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_GROCERY_ITEMS.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_packs.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_ITEM_SUPPLIER.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_ITEM_LOCATION.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_ITEM_OTHER.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
Transfer Entity Organization Unit Set of Books
File Format
and External Oracle Tables
External
Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_LOAD_MSOB_INFO.KSH
Segment Wrapper / Load Script
Organizational
Hierarchy Tables
DC_ENTITY_CNHAE_CODES_BR.DAT
Table
DC_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table
DC_LOAD_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR
DC_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table
DC_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table
AAppendix: Seed Data Installation
Oracle
Retail Merchandising, Data Conversion Operations Guide, Release 14.1.1
Your feedback is important, and helps us to best meet your needs as a user of our products. For example:
§ Are the implementation steps correct and complete?
§ Did you understand the context of the procedures?
§ Did you find any errors in the information?
§ Does the structure of the information help you with your tasks?
§ Do you need different information or graphics? If so, where, and in what format?
§ Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples?
If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, then please tell us your name, the name of the company who has licensed our products, the title and part number of the documentation and the chapter, section, and page number (if available).
Note: Before sending us your comments, you might like to check that you have the latest version of the document and if any concerns are already addressed. To do this, access the Online Documentation available on the Oracle Technology Network Web site. It contains the most current Documentation Library plus all documents revised or released recently.
Send your comments to us using the
electronic mail address: retail-doc_us@oracle.com
Please give your name, address, electronic mail address, and telephone number (optional).
If you need assistance with Oracle software, then please contact your support representative or Oracle Support Services.
If you require training or instruction in using Oracle software, then please contact your Oracle local office and inquire about our Oracle University offerings. A list of Oracle offices is available on our Web site at www.oracle.com.
This Oracle Retail Merchandising Data Conversion Operations Guide is a reference for the data conversion operations required to migrate from legacy retail management systems to the Oracle Retail Merchandising software.
This guide describes the data conversion operations that begin with flat files produced from the databases of legacy applications. It details the content and format of each flat file required to perform the data conversion, as well as the tables created and populated by the conversion scripts.
The Oracle Retail Merchandising Data Conversion Operations Guide is intended for the Oracle Retail Merchandising Operations Management applications integrators and implementation staff, as well as the retailer's IT personnel.
For information about
Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program
website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Access to Oracle
Support
Oracle customers that
have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle
Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.
For more information, see the following:
§ Oracle Retail Merchandising System documentation set
§ Oracle Retail Price Management documentation set
To contact Oracle Customer Support, access My Oracle Support at the following URL:
When contacting Customer Support, please provide the following:
§ Product version and program/module name
§ Functional and technical description of the problem (include business impact)
§ Detailed step-by-step instructions to re-create
§ Exact error message received
§ Screen shots of each step you take
When you install the application for the first time, you install either a base release (for example, 14.1) or a later patch release (for example, 14.1.1). If you are installing the base release or additional patch releases, read the documentation for all releases that have occurred since the base release before you begin installation. Documentation for patch releases can contain critical information related to the base release, as well as information about code changes since the base release.
To more quickly address critical corrections
to Oracle Retail documentation content, Oracle Retail documentation may be
republished whenever a critical correction is needed. For critical corrections,
the republication of an Oracle Retail document may at times not be
attached to a numbered software release; instead, the Oracle Retail document
will simply be replaced on the Oracle Technology Network Web site, or, in the
case of Data Models, to the applicable My Oracle Support Documentation
container where they reside.
This process will prevent delays in making critical corrections available to customers. For the customer, it means that before you begin installation, you must verify that you have the most recent version of the Oracle Retail documentation set. Oracle Retail documentation is available on the Oracle Technology Network at the following URL:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/documentation/oracle-retail-100266.html
An updated version of the applicable Oracle
Retail document is indicated by Oracle part number, as well as print date
(month and year). An updated version uses the same part number, with a
higher-numbered suffix. For example, part number E123456-02 is an updated version
of a document with part number E123456-01.
If a more recent version of a document is available, that version supersedes all previous versions.
Documentation is packaged with each Oracle Retail
product release. Oracle Retail product documentation is also available on the
following Web site:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/documentation/oracle-retail-100266.html
(Data Model documents are not available through
Oracle Technology Network. These documents are packaged with released code, or
you can obtain them through My Oracle Support).
Documentation should be available on this Web site
within a month after a product release.
Navigate: This is a navigate statement. It tells you how to get to the start of the procedure and ends with a screen shot of the starting point and the statement the Window Name window opens.
This is a code sample
It is used to display examples of code
This chapter gives a brief introduction to the overall process to convert legacy data to the tables required by the Oracle Retail Merchandising applications. You can perform the conversion using a data conversion toolset designed specifically for this purpose.
This chapter describes the components of the data conversion toolset and the sequence of data conversion. It also notes some basic assumptions and prerequisites for performing the data conversion.
The conversion processing performed with the data conversion toolset is one part of the total scope of the migration from legacy systems to the Merchandising applications.
Data Conversion Process
Before actual data conversion begins, the implementation team must complete analysis, mapping, preparation, and extraction of the legacy data into the flat files required for conversion. The Oracle Retail implementation team performs this work with the retailers systems management, database management, systems analysis, and operations staff.
The data conversion toolset assumes clean data that conforms to the data structures detailed in this guide.
The overall approach of this data conversion toolset is to use one data loading script for each table or functional area, based on the input files provided by the legacy system. These scripts are executed in sequence through a master wrapper script (UNIX shell script). This toolset assumes that all data loaded is clean, so there is no data validation during data load. If there are any issues with data during conversion load, you must manually view log files to determine the cause and correct the data.
The following scripts are included in this data conversion toolset:
§ Master script DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH - This is the master script that starts the segment load scripts for each functional area. The KSH script can run other KSH or SQL scripts that are not covered in the Oracle Retail Merchandising conversion toolset, such as future/custom validation scripts. You can customize this script, and you can configure it to load any specified number of tables at one time.
§ Segment load scripts - For each functional area, the segment load scripts build the external tables by calling the database conversion table create scripts (SQL) and load data from the flat files by calling the SQL load script. The segment load script can also be configured to load only the data, skipping the table creation.
§ External Oracle table create scripts - For each functional area, the database conversion table create scripts contain the table column definitions, the target data file (*.dat file), the Oracle directory where the data files are located, and the location where the bad, discard, and log files are created. The load script has internal functions that select from the external tables and insert into Oracle Merchandising tables.
Note: Before you begin using the data conversion toolset, you must install the Merchandising applications and load all seed data. For more information, see Appendix: Seed Data Installation.
The following prerequisites and assumptions apply to the data conversion processes described in this guide:
§ Transformation of legacy data is not included as part of the data conversion toolset. Data loaded in flat files must be a clean data. There is no data validation included in this toolset.
§ Database constraints must be turned off.
§ All database triggers must be evaluated to determine which need to be turned off during the conversion effort.
This guide describes:
§ The master script used to run the auto-loading process.
§ The available conversion auto-loading programs and processing involved.
There are functional and technical descriptions of all programs included in the data conversion toolset. The program descriptions are organized by functional areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
§ Organizational Hierarchy
§ Suppliers
§ Items
§ Multiple Set of Books
§ Optional Data
Note: Data conversion must be performed in order by functional area, according to the organization of this guide and the prerequisites stated for each functional area.
The description of each program includes the following information:
§ Program purpose and functionality
§ Technical specifications
§ Field level definitions
§ Flat file layouts
To perform data conversion, follow this guide starting with Chapter 2. This guide has the following chapters:
Chapter |
Description |
|
Master Script |
This chapter describes the master
script, the main tool used to run the auto-loading process. It describes
configuration and setup tasks required before you can use the data conversion
toolset. It also details how to customize the toolset for your specific data
conversion needs. |
|
1.
2.
3.
|
Core Merchandise Hierarchy Organizational Hierarchy Suppliers Multiple
Sets of Books (MSOB) |
These chapters describe in detail all the programs and files required
to load data for each of the functional areas. Each chapter also contains a
Prerequisites section that lists all tasks that must be completed prior to
running the tools for that functional area. Some chapters also have a
Post-Loading Requirements section that describes tasks that must be done
before data conversion is considered complete for that functional area. |
This chapter describes additional
optional data that you can load manually for each of the functional areas.
Optional data can be loaded after auto-loading is complete. |
||
Appendix |
This appendix describes the scripts
used to load seed data at the time of installation. |
The configurable master script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH) executes the data load for each functional area in the data conversion toolset. It feeds from a sequence file (*.seq) that lists other scripts or executable programs used to load data to the RMS tables. The script can execute the following:
§ Other Korn shell (ksh) scripts (segment wrapper scripts to load data to RMS tables).
§ SQL scripts (to provide custom validation or table counts after loads).
§ Single- or multi-threaded RMS batch programs (to support conversion of functional areas such as organization.
The sequence file allows you to customize the execution of programs. You can customize the master script, and you can configure it to load any specified number of tables at one time. The script can be configured to run each segment wrapper script independently, allowing you to load smaller sets of data.
Note: Although the master script allows you to run all functional areas in succession, it is not intended for this purpose. There are prerequisites and post-loading requirements for each functional area, as well as other dependencies across functional areas.
For more information about loading requirement, see from Chapters 3 Core through Chapter 7 Items.
Common functions such as error handling and messaging (writing information to log files) are handled in a separate library file called in the dc_load_main.ksh script. Global variables, script, data, and other directories are defined in a separate configuration file.
Because most of the clients will load the data into the Oracle tables with constraints disabled, it is advisable to add custom SQL scripts for validation. Calls to these SQL scripts can be added to the sequence file after the load script. Suggested validation is noted in each section, to assist in developing and adding validation scripts to ensure a successful conversion. These validations are done after the individual load completes and prior to enabling the constraints. The nature and quantity of load issues indicated by the load validations helps to determine, along with analysis of the log files, whether a reload should be considered.
The configuration file (DC_LOAD.CFG) contains all directory paths for the executable KSH scripts, SQL scripts, and so on. It also contains log and temp directories needed by the dc_load_main.ksh script and the segment scripts. The directories are stored in variables accessible to the calling script through the export command. This configuration script must be set up prior to start of data conversion runs.
Note: Before you begin using the data conversion toolset, you must install the merchandising applications and load all seed data. For more information, see Appendix: Seed Data Installation.
Create a separate set of UNIX directories to hold the data conversion toolset components. The following directories specific to data conversion should be configured before running the master script. All data and log directories must have read and write privileges.
Directory |
Name |
Description |
Oracle data directory |
orclDataDir |
This is the directory name defined
within the database that points to a system directory that contains the data
files used by the external tables (dataDir). |
Oracle log directory |
orclLogDir |
This is the directory name defined within the database that points to
a system directory that contains the log files generated by the external
tables. Note: In some instances, an entry in the external table log may be repeated several times, because the external table may be used in several inserts. |
Data directory |
dataDir |
This directory contains the data files
(*.dat) used to load information to the external Oracle tables. |
Data completed directory |
dataCompDir |
This directory contains processed data
files. |
Bad file directory |
badDir |
This directory contains files with
rejected records (*.bad files). |
Discard file directory |
dscDir |
This directory contains discarded files
(*.dsc). This directory can be the same as the bad file directory. |
Script directory |
scriptDir |
This directory contains all the scripts
used in the conversion process. |
Log directory |
logDir |
This directory contains the conversion script execution logs. Note: This directory is different from the orclLogDir. The logDir contains the daily logs generated by the conversion scripts. The orclLogDir contains logs generated by the external tables. |
Status directory |
statusDir |
This directory contains the status
files created after each load. This directory can be the same as the log
directory. |
RMS bin directory |
rmsBinDir |
This is the directory where the RMS
batch executables are installed. |
Other directories can be created as needed.
The following variables are shared across all conversion scripts:
Variable |
Description |
connectStr |
Oracle Wallet alias to be provided to
connect to the database. |
dataExt |
File extension for data files, default .dat. |
badExt |
File extension for bad files, default .bad. |
dscExt |
File extension for discard files,
default .dsc. |
statusExt |
File extension for status files,
default .status. |
seqExt |
File extension for sequence files,
default .seq. |
Other variables are used as needed.
The sequence file (*.seq) is a file that lists executables to be run in sequence. This file can specify KSH scripts, SQL scripts, RMS batch programs, or other executables. The dc_load_main.ksh script reads from this file, so this file must be configured prior to running the master script.
The lines of the file have the following format:
<tag> <script-name> <script-parameters>
Tags are as follows:
Tag |
Description |
PGM |
Use this tag to run KSH scripts or
other executable scripts or applications. If no path is defined with the script
name, it is assumed that the script resides in the script directory defined
in the configuration file (*.cfg). |
SQL |
Use this tag to run SQL scripts. If no
path is included with the script name, it is assumed that the script resides
in the script directory defined in the configuration file. |
BRPGM |
Used to run |
RMS |
Use this tag to run RMS batch programs.
Although these are executable, RMS tables must be referenced to automatically
thread the execution. It is assumed that the batch executable is located in
the bin directory unless specified otherwise (when using customized programs)
and has an entry in the restart control tables (except for prepost). |
> |
Use this tag before text lines to
display custom messages to both the log file and screen. |
# |
Use this tag before text lines to
include remarks in the sequence file that are ignored during execution. |
Example:
# This section will load the supplier information to the RMS tables.
> Running LOAD_SUPPLIER.KSH
PGM load_supplier.ksh
> Loading supplier information completed.
# Now validate if the data is loaded successfully.
SQL dc_validate_supplier.sql
Note: The sequence file should terminate with a new line. The tag, program name, and parameters are all separated by spaces.
The Library file (dc_load.lib) is a collection of common functions used by the dc_load_main.ksh and segment load scripts used in the conversion process. The functions are as follows:
§ checkCfg - This function is called in by the load scripts to check whether the configuration file contains sufficient information to run the conversion load.
§
checkError
- This function is called inside execKsh and execSql, after executing the
script read from the sequence file. It checks the process status and writes the
message to the log file.
§
checkFile
- This function checks whether the file passed in meets certain file attribute
conditions. Using options, this function checks the following:
File
existence (option e)
Read access (option r)
File size (if greater than 0, using option -s)
If executable (option x)
For conversion files defined in the configuration file, attribute checks are performed according to type:
For data (*.dat) and sequence (*.seq) files, files are checked for existence, size, and read access.
For bad (*.bad), discard (*.dsc), and status (*.status) files, only existence is checked.
This function is also used to check whether a program is
executable. It returns 1 if one of the set conditions fails.
§
getAvailThread
- This function gets the minimum thread value for the passed-in batch program
from the restart_program_status table where the status is ready for start. It
uses an embedded SQL SELECT to get the information.
§
refreshThreads
- This function updates the restart_program_status table to ready for start
status for threads the previously completed successfully.
§
execPgm
- This function is called from the main script to execute KSH or other
executable scripts, as read from the *.seq file. The program file passed in is
verified first, prior to execution, using the checkFile function. If the file
is valid, the script is invoked as it would be in the command line. All
messages displayed by the called script are written to the log.
§
execSql
- This function is called from the main script to execute SQL scripts only, as
read from the *.seq file. The SQL file passed in is verified first, prior to
execution, using the checkFile function. The sqlplus s command is used to
execute the SQL script, passing the connect string defined in the env file and
the script name. All messages displayed by the called script are written to the
log file.
§
execRms
- This function is called from the main script to execute RMS batch programs,
threaded according to the restart control tables. Because this script allows
execution of custom RMS batch programs, the function checks whether the file is
valid, using the checkFile function with the option x. If no path is defined,
it uses the default directory for the RMS executables defined in the load
configuration file. If the file is found to be valid, the function checks the
type of batch program it will run.
For prepost batch, the function extracts the main batch and the prepost indicator from the seqData2 information and executes the batch.
For file- or table-based batch programs, the function uses more complex logic to take advantage of the multi-threading capabilities of the batch. File-based programs are dependent on input files to load information to the RMS tables. The script checks whether at least an input file exists. If so, the script loops through the file list, refreshes the restart_program_status table using the refreshThreads function, and attempts to get an available thread using the getAvailThread function. If a thread is found, it moves the input file to a process directory (defined in the *.cfg file), appends the thread number, and executes the batch. These steps are repeated until all files in the input file directory (also defined in the *.cfg file) are processed. Only files with the correct file prefix (for example, POSU for posupld files) are processed.
For table-based batch programs, the function checks whether a driver value is defined. If none is defined, the batch is not threaded, or it is threaded using its parameters. In this case, the function checks the seqData2 information passed in to the function. If seqData2 contains no data, the batch is executed immediately. If the parameter variable (from the seqData2 value) contains information, the function builds a parameter list (paramLst array) and loops through the parameter list. If the parameter list has values, the script starts the processing by obtaining an available thread through the refreshThreads and getAvailThread functions, and executing the batch by passing the parameter values required. Table-based batch programs are handled by obtaining the number of threads from the restart control, refreshing the threads, and looping through each available thread.
Simultaneous execution of the batch (multithreading) is achieved through a subprocess (& appended to the batch execution line).
§ execBRPgm - This function is called from the main script to execute KSH or other executable scripts, as read from the *.seq file. The scripts are only executed if the systems base country is BR and its localized. The program file passed in is verified first, prior to execution, using the checkFile function. If the file is valid, the script is invoked as it would be in the command line. All messages displayed by the called script are written to the log.
The dc_load_main.ksh script first calls the dc_load.cfg configuration file and the dc_load.lib library file to set up the environment variables, such as directories, and to define common functions. Most of the actual logic resides in the library.
The main section first validates whether the sequence file passed in is valid (if it exists, is readable, and has data).
If the file is valid, the script proceeds to read the information from the file line by line:
§ The script assumes that the first value it reads is the tag value and stores this value in the tag variable.
§ The second value contains the program name (program name only, or with specific path names for files not in the script directory defined in the configuration file). This information is stored in the seqData1 variable.
§ The third value contains the rest of the program parameters and is stored in the seqData2 variable.
Using a case statement, the script checks each tag and executes the appropriate command or function:
§ Empty lines, and those with the # tag, are ignored.
§ Text lines after the > tag are displayed to the screen and written to the log file. This tag is used to indicate the current processing point.
§ For lines with the PGM tag, the script calls the execPgm library function.
§ Similarly for lines with BRPGM, SQL and RMS, the script calls the execBRPgm, execSql and execRms library functions, respectively.
This section describes the preparations for running KSH scripts and the commands to run scripts.
Before running a KSH script, ensure that the file
has the proper permissions:
-rwxrwx-r-x
Delete the status (*.status), discard (*.dsc), and bad (*.bad) files.
The environment path variable (PATH) must include the directory where the
conversion scripts is executed. The UNIX administrator can set this by using a
script, or the user can export the path by doing one of the following (where
> represents
the UNIX or Linux command line prompt):
Option 1
> cd $MMHOME/external/scripts (or the actual script directory)
> export PATH=$PATH:.
Option 2
Add the following line to the user .profile file:
export PATH=$PATH:$MMHOME/external/scripts (or the actual script
directory)
Run the master script using the following syntax (where
> represents
the UNIX or Linux command line prompt):
> dc_load_main.ksh q <sequence-file-name>
Note the use of ksh in the command. This prevents the program from exiting the session after it has completed execution.
To run individual segment wrapper scripts, the q <sequence-file-name> portion of the command line is not required. For example:
> dc_load_core.ksh
Note: When the KSH script calls SQL scripts to load external tables, it is common to encounter the following error. This is because there may not be an external Oracle table to DROP if the table does not exist in the database. No additional action is required.
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00942: table or view does not exist
The data loading process does not truncate RMS tables; it only DROPs external Oracle tables. The KSH script can be used to load data to the same table in multiple phases.
This chapter describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed
in the order that they must be loaded:
§ TERMS_HEAD
§ TERMS_DETAIL
§ FREIGHT_TYPE
§ FREIGHT_TERMS
§ FREIGHT_SIZE
§ VAT_CODES
§ VAT_CODE_RATES
§ VAT_REGION
§ UDA
§ UDA_VALUES
§ TICKET_TYPE_HEAD
§ TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL
§ DIFF_IDS
§ TSF_ENTITY
§ FIF_GL_SETUP
§ ORG_UNIT
§ BRAND
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_core.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
ˇ dbc_terms_head_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_terms_detail_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_freight_type_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_freight_terms_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_freight_size_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_vat_codes_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_vat_code_rates_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_vat_region_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_uda_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_uda_values_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_ticket_type_head_tab.sql
ˇ dbc_create_ticket_type_detail_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_diffids_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_tsf_entity_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_fif_gl_setup_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_org_unit_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_brand_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Core functional area:
Data Flow for Core Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for the Core functional
area, there are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data
dependencies for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading
can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts
can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data
conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the
best approach for your data conversion needs.
Note: It is assumed that you have already installed the Merchandising applications and loaded all installation seed data. For more information, see Appendix: Seed Data Installation.
The following table lists the tables that require manual data loading and
indicates whether each table is required or optional:
Table |
Required / Optional / Comments |
CALENDAR |
Required Note: Calendar data is loaded as part of
installation; however, the data provided may not match the calendar that fits
your business operation. Consider revising the calendar data script. Tip: CALENDAR.MONTH_454 = 1 is January (not
fiscal year). |
HALF |
Required |
BANNER |
Required
when multi-channel is turned on |
CHANNELS |
Required |
SEASONS |
Optional |
PHASES |
Optional |
DIFF_TYPE |
Required |
TSFZONE |
Required |
STORE_FORMAT |
Required |
BUYER |
Optional |
MERCHANT |
Optional |
CVB_HEAD |
Optional |
CVB_DETAIL |
Optional |
ELC_COMP |
Required only if upcharges are loaded |
STATE |
Required
only if using addresses in U.S. locations |
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_core.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TERMS_HEAD_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TERMS_HEAD
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TERMS_HEAD.TERMS is unique.
§ Capture
the count from TERMS_HEAD and compare to flat file DC_TERMS_HEAD.DAT to ensure
that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of supplier payment terms record. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
TERMS_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
50 |
Y |
Code
that represents the supplier payment terms in Oracle Financials. |
TERMS_CODE |
VARCHAR2(50) |
TERMS_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Description
of the supplier payment terms. For example, 2.5% 30 Days. |
TERMS_DESC |
VARCHAR2(240) |
RANK |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Rank
to rate invoice payment terms against purchase order terms. These rankings
are defined in the retailers financial system. These rankings are used in
best terms calculation. When terms are compared, the term with the higher
rank (meaning lower number - 1 is the highest rank) is the best term. This
must be a whole number greater than zero. |
RANK |
NUMBER(10) |
File name: DC_TERMS_DETAIL.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TERMS_DETAIL_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TERMS_DETAIL
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TERMS_DETAIL.TERMS is a valid TERMS_HEAD.TERMS.
§ Ensure that each combination of TERMS_DETAIL.TERMS and TERMS_DETAIL.TERMS_SEQ is unique.
§
Capture the count from TERMS_DETAIL and compare
to flat file DC_TERMS_DETAIL.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
Note: Column order for this file does not match the RMS TERMS_DETAIL table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Unique identifier of supplier payment terms record. This ties the
detail record to the appropriate dc_terms_head record. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
TERMS_SEQ |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Order sequence in which to apply the discount percent. |
TERMS_SEQ |
NUMBER(10) |
DUEDAYS |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of days until payment is due. |
DUEDAYS |
NUMBER(3,) |
DUE_MAX_AMOUNT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Maximum payment amount due by a given date. |
DUE_MAX_AMOUNT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
DUE_DOM |
Numeric |
2 |
Y |
Day of month used to calculate due date of invoice payment line. For
example, 1 represents the 1st day of the month. |
DUE_DOM |
NUMBER(2) |
DUE_MM_FWD |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of months ahead used to calculate due date of invoice payment
line. |
DUE_MM_FWD |
NUMBER(3) |
DISCDAYS |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of days in which payment must be made in order to receive the
discount. |
DISCDAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
PERCENT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Percent of discount if payment is made within specified time period. |
PERCENT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
DISC_DOM |
Numeric |
2 |
Y |
Day of month used to calculate discount date of invoice payment line.
For example, 1 represents the 1st day of the month. |
DISC_DOM |
NUMBER(2) |
DISC_MM_FWD |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of months ahead used to calculate discount date of invoice
payment line. |
DISC_MM_FWD |
NUMBER(3) |
ENABLED_FLAG |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether payment terms are valid or invalid within the
application. |
ENABLED_FLAG |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CUTOFF_DAY |
Numeric |
2 |
Y |
Day of the month after which Oracle Payables schedules payment using
the day after the current month. |
CUTOFF_DAY |
NUMBER(2) |
FIXED_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
7 |
N |
Fixed due date. |
FIXED_DATE |
DATE |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
7 |
N |
Date in which the payment terms become active. |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
7 |
N |
Date in which the payment terms become inactive. |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
File name: DC_FREIGHT_TYPE.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FREIGHT_TYPE_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FREIGHT_TYPE
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that FREIGHT_TYPE.FREIGHT_TYPE is unique.
§ Capture
the count from FREIGHT_TYPE and compare to flat file DC_FREIGHT_TYPE.DAT to
ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
Freight_Method |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of the freight method. |
FREIGHT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
Freight_Method_Desc |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description
of the freight method. Examples are Full Container Load and Less than
Container Load. |
FREIGHT_TYPE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_FREIGHT_TERMS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FREIGHT_TERMS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FREIGHT_TERMS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that FREIGHT_TERMS.FREIGHT_TERMS is unique.
§ Capture
the count from FREIGHT_TERMS and compare to flat file DC_FREIGHT_TERMS.DAT to
ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
Y |
Unique identifier of freight terms record. |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
VARCHAR2(30) |
TERM_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Description of the freight terms. Examples
include a percentage of total cost or a flat fee. |
TERM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(240) |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date on which the freight terms become active. Date
format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date on which the freight terms become
inactive. Date
format is DDMONYYYY. |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
ACTIVE_FLAG |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether freight terms are valid or
invalid within the application. Default = N. |
ENABLED_FLAG |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_FREIGHT_SIZE.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FREIGHT_SIZE_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FREIGHT_SIZE
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that FREIGHT_SIZE.FREIGHT_SIZE is unique.
§ Capture
count from FREIGHT_SIZE and compare to flat file DC_FREIGHT_SIZE.DAT to ensure
that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
FREIGHT_SIZE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of the freight size record. |
FREIGHT_SIZE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FREIGHT_SIZE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Freight
size description (for example, 40 foot container). |
FREIGHT_SIZE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_VAT_CODES.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_CODES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_CODES
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that VAT_CODES.VAT_CODE is unique.
§ Capture
the count from VAT_CODES and compare to flat file DC_VAT_CODES.DAT to ensure
that all rows are loaded.
§ VAT-related tables are only inserted if
vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VAT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of value added tax code, used to determine which items are subject
to VAT. For
example, the Valid values includes: S
Standard Z
Zero |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
VAT_CODE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric
|
120 |
Y |
Value
added tax code description. |
VAT_CODE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
File
name: DC_VAT_CODE_RATES.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_CODE_RATES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_CODE_RATES
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that VAT_CODE_RATES.VAT_CODE is a valid VAT_CODES.VAT_CODE.
§ Capture
the count from VAT_CODE_RATES and compare to flat file DC_VAT_CODE_RATES.DAT to
ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
VAT-related
tables are only inserted if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type
is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VAT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of value added tax
code. This ties the record to the appropriate dc_vat_codes record. |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ACTIVE_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
Y |
Date on which VAT rate becomes active. Date format is
DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
ACTIVE_DATE |
DATE |
VAT_RATE |
Numeric |
20,10 |
Y |
VAT rate as a percentage. |
VAT_RATE |
NUMBER(20,10) |
File name: DC_VAT_REGION.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_REGION_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_REGION
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION is unique.
§ Capture
the count from VAT_REGION and compare to flat file DC_VAT_REGION.DAT to ensure
that all rows are loaded.
§ VAT-related tables are only inserted if
vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VAT_REGION |
Numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of VAT region. VAT
region is determined by the VAT authority. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_REGION_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name/description of the VAT region. |
VAT_REGION_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
VAT_REGION_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
VAT region type. Valid values include E
for base EU members, M for EU members, and N for non members of the EU. |
VAT_REGION_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ACQUISITION_VAT_IND |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
Y |
Indicates
if acquisition VAT is applicable to the VAT region. Valid values are Y and N. |
ACQUISITION_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REVERSE_VAT_THRESHOLD |
Numeric |
20,
4 |
N |
This
holds the invoice-level total value limit. The reverse charge VAT rule only
applies if the total value of items are subject to reverse charge VAT exceeds
the threshold for an invoice. This value is expressed in the country currency
of the vat_region, which typically only belongs to one country. |
REVERSE_VAT_THRESHOLD |
NUMBER(20,
4) |
File name: DC_UDA.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_UDA_TAB.SQL
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA.UDA_ID is unique.
§ Capture
the count from UDA and compare to flat file DC_UDA.DAT to ensure that all rows
are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
UDA_ID |
Numeric |
5 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of user-defined attribute. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_DESC |
Alpha-numeric
|
120 |
Y |
Description
of user-defined attribute. UDAs do not have specific processing within RMS. |
UDA_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
DISPLAY_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
2 |
Y |
How the UDA displays to the user online. Valid
values are: LV
- List of values. FF
- Free-form text. DT
Date. Note: A UDA with DISPLAY_TYPE LV must also have a corresponding UDA record in DC_UDA_VALUES.DAT. |
DISPLAY_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
DATA_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
12 |
N |
Data type associated with the UDA. § If display_type =DT, the data_type should be DATE. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is DATE. § If display_type = FF, the data_type should be ALPHA. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is ALPHA. §
If display_type = |
DATA_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(12) |
DATA_LENGTH |
Numeric |
3 |
N |
Maximum length of the UDA values. This field
should not be populated for a DT display type. It is optional for FF and For
LV, this constrains what is stored in UDA_VALUES. UDA_VALUE_DESCRIPTION. For
FF, this constrains what is stored in UDA_ITEM_FF, UDA_TEXT. |
DATA_LENGTH |
VARCHAR2(3) |
SINGLE_VALUE_IND |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this UDA can have only one
value associated with an item. If Y, only one value of the UDA can be
associated with an item. |
SINGLE_VALUE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_UDA_VALUES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_UDA_VALUES
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA_VALUES.UDA_ID is a valid UDA.UDA_ID.
§ Capture
the count from UDA_VALUES and compare to flat file DC_UDA_VALUES.DAT to ensure
that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
UDA_ID |
Numeric |
5 |
Y |
Unique identifier of user-defined
attribute. This applies only to UDAs with |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_VALUE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the UDA value. |
UDA_VALUE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.TICKET_TYPE_ID is unique.
§ Capture
the count from TICKET_TYPE_HEAD and compare to flat file
DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of ticket or label
type. |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
TICKET_TYPE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of ticket or label type. |
TICKET_TYPE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SHELF_EDGE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this is a shelf edge label. Default =
N. |
SEL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.TICKET_TYPE_ID is a valid TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.TICKET_TYPE_ID.
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.TICKET_ITEM_ID (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = TCKT.
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.UDA_ID (if not NULL) is a valid UDA.UDA_ID.
§ Capture
the count from TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL and compare to flat file
DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. Ind |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of ticket or label type. This ties the record to the appropriate dc_ticket_ |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
TICKET_ITEM_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Identifier
of type of information/attribute to be displayed on ticket or label type.
Valid values come from the TCKT code_type.
If this field is populated, the uda_id
field should not be populated. |
TICKET_ITEM_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
UDA_ID |
Numeric |
5 |
N |
If
the information to be displayed on the ticket or label type is a user defined
attribute (UDA), this field should be populated with the uda_id. This value comes from the uda.uda_id field. If this field is
populated, the ticket_item_id
field should not be populated. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_DIFF_IDS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_DIFF_IDS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID is unique.
§ Ensure that DIFF_IDS.DIFF_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = DIFF.
§ Capture
the count from DIFF_IDS and compare to flat file DC_DIFF_IDS.DAT to ensure all
that rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
DIFF_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of the differentiator. |
DIFF_ID |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Differentiator
group associated to the differentiator. Valid values are from the DIFF_TYPE
column in the DIFF_TYPE table. Examples are C for Color and F for Flavor. |
DIFF_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DIFF_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description
of the differentiator. Examples are Red, Stripe, and Strawberry. |
DIFF_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
INDUSTRY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Unique
number that represents all possible combinations of sizes, according to the
National Retail Federation. Optional. |
INDUSTRY_ CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
INDUSTRY_SUBGROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Unique
number that represents all different color range groups, according to the
National Retail Federation. Optional. |
INDUSTRY_SUBGROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_TSF_ENTITY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TSF_ENTITY_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TSF_ENTITY
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence
after dc_load_core.ksh): Ensure that TSF_ENTITY.TSF_ENTITY_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
|
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the transfer
entity. |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
|
TSF_ENTITY_DESC |
Alpha-numeric
|
120
|
Y |
Description of the transfer entity. |
TSF_ENTITY_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
|
File name: DC_TSF_FIF_GL_SETUP.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FIF_GL_SETUP_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FIF_GL_SETUP
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence
after dc_load_core.ksh): Ensure that FIF_GL_SETUP.SET_OF_BOOKS_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Unique identifier for the set of books. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Numeric
|
15 |
Y |
Last updated ID for transactions. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SEQUENCE1_DESC |
Alpha-numeric
|
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE1_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE2_DESC |
Alpha-numeric
|
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE2_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE3_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains
description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE3_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE4_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE4_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE5_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE5_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE6_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE6_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE7_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE7_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE8_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE8_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE9_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE9_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE10_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence
columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE10_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CATEGORY_ID |
Numeric |
38 |
Y |
Oracle category ID. Default for
purchase order feed. |
CATEGORY_ID |
NUMBER(38) |
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Oracle location ID. Default for
purchase order feed. |
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID |
Numeric |
38 |
Y |
Oracle Organization ID. Default for
purchase order feed. |
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID |
NUMBER(38) |
PERIOD_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
N |
User entered accounting period name as
defined in financial applications. |
PERIOD_NAME |
VARCHAR2(15) |
SET_OF_BOOKS_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Set of books description. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency code for the Set of Books ID. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
File name: DC_ORG_UNIT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ORG_UNIT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FIF_GL_SETUP
ORG_UNIT
Suggested
post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh): Ensure that ORG.UNIT.ORG_UNIT_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier for the Organization
ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric
|
120
|
Y |
Description of the organization unit. |
DESCRIPTION |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Set of books ID. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
File name: DC_BRAND.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_BRAND_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_BRAND
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Capture the count from BRAND and compare to flat file DC_BRAND.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ DC_BRAND.DAT and DBC_CREATE_BRAND_TAB.SQL: The SQL script is called by the DC_LOAD_CORE.KSH and creates the DC_BRAND oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric
|
30 |
Y |
Brand Name. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
BRAND_DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric
|
120
|
Y |
Brand Description. |
BRAND_DESCRIPTION |
VARCHAR2(120) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_core.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_ TERMS_HEAD external table and inserts the data to the RMS TERMS_HEAD and TERMS_HEAD_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The fields that are not required are NULL.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_terms_head.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_ TERMS_DETAIL external table and inserts the data to the RMS TERMS_DETAIL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The fields that are not required are NULL.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
files to load: dc_terms_head.dat, dc_terms_detail.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FREIGHT_TYPE external table and inserts the data to the RMS FREIGHT_TYPE and FREIGHT_TYPE_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_freight_type.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FREIGHT_TERMS external table and inserts the data to the RMS FREIGHT_TERMS and FREIGHT_TERMS_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_freight_terms.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FREIGHT_SIZE external table and inserts the data to the RMS FREIGHT_SIZE and FREIGHT_SIZE_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_freight_size.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_VAT_CODES external table and inserts the data to the RMS VAT_CODES table if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table and are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_vat_codes.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_VAT_CODE_RATES external table and inserts the data to the RMS VAT_CODE_RATES table if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below defines the default value in the RMS tables if no information is provided in the data file (external table field value is NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_VAT_CODE_RATES to VAT_CODE_RATES Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
CREATE_DATE |
SYSDATE |
Date the record was created in RMS. This
defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_ID |
Oracle User |
User who created the record in RMS. This
defaults to the Oracle User. |
Required files to load: dc_vat_codes.dat (required to verify if vat_codes was loaded previously), dc_vat_code_rates.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_VAT_REGION external table and inserts the data to the RMS VAT_REGION table if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table and all are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_vat_region.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA external table and inserts the data into the RMS UDA table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA to UDA Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
MODULE |
ITEM |
Functional area of RMS to which this
applies. The only valid value is ITEM. |
DATA_TYPE |
ALPHA (FF/LV*) DATE (DT) NUM( |
If display_type =DT, the data type
should be DATE. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value
is DATE. If display_type = FF, the data_type should be ALPHA. If no value is
provided in the flat file, the default value is ALPHA. If display_type = |
Required
file to load: dc_uda.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block
that selects from the DC_UDA_VALUES external table and inserts the data into the
RMS UDA_VALUES table. UDA_VALUES should contain information if the data_type value in the UDA table is
The function returns a Boolean value
DC_UDA_VALUES to UDA_VALUES Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
UDA_VALUE |
Sequence generated |
Per UDA_ID |
Required files to load: dc_uda.dat (required to check if uda is loaded previously), dc_uda_values.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD external table and inserts the data into the RMS TICKET_TYPE_HEAD table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
files to load: dc_ticket_type_head.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL external table and inserts the data into the RMS TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined). There should be a value in ticket_item_id or uda_id, but not both.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL to TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
SEQ_NO |
Sequence generated |
Per TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Required files to load: dc_ticket_type_head.dat (required to check if ticket_type_head is loaded previously), dc_ticket_type_detail.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_DIFF_IDS external table and inserts the data to the RMS DIFF_IDS table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All are required.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined). There should be a value in TICKET_ITEM_ID or UDA_ID, but not both.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_diff_ids to diff_ids Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS.
This defaults to the system date. |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Oracle User |
User who last updated the record in RMS.
This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified
in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required
file to load: dc_diff_ids.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TSF_ENTITY external table and inserts the data to the RMS TSF_ENTITY table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All fields are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_tsf_entity.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FIF_GL_SETUP external table and inserts the data to the RMS FIF_GL_SETUP table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. SET_OF_BOOKS_ID.LAST_UPDATE_ID, CATEGORY_ID, DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID, DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID, SET_OF_BOOKS_ID, and CURRENCY_CODE are required fields.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_fif_gl_setup.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_ORG_UNIT external table and inserts the data to the RMS ORG_UNIT table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All fields are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_org_unit.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_BRAND external table and inserts the data to the RMS BRAND table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All fields are required.
This function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_brand.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for this
functional area, there are additional tables that must be loaded manually
before you proceed with data conversion for subsequent functional areas,
because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be performed online through Merchandising
applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not
included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database
administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following table lists the tables that require manual data loading and indicates whether each table is required or optional:
Table |
Required
/ Optional |
DIFF_GROUP_HEAD |
Required |
DIFF_GROUP_DETAIL |
Required |
DIFF_RANGE_HEAD |
Optional |
DIFF_RANGE_DETAIL |
Optional |
This chapter describes data conversion for the following RMS/RPM tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ DEPS
§ CLASS
§ SUBCLASS
§ STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS
§ VAT_DEPS (only if default_tax_type is not
GTAX)
§ uda_item_defaults
§ RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load script. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_merch.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load
scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_merch_defaults_tab.sql
dbc_create_deps_tab.sql
dbc_create_class_tab.sql
dbc_create_subclass_tab.sql
dbc_create_vat_deps.sql
dbc_create_uda_item_def.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Merchandise Hierarchy functional area:
Data Flow for the Merchandise Hierarchy Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Merchandise
Hierarchy, you must complete data conversion for the Core functional area.
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies
for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done
online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be
created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion
toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach
for your data conversion needs.
The following required tables
must be loaded manually:
§ COMPHEAD
§ DIVISION
§ GROUPS
You must retrieve the assigned data value UDA_VALUES.UDA_VALUE to create
the DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULT.DAT flat file (see the section, UDA Item Defaults - DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS Table, in this
chapter).
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_DEPS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_DEPS
This table is used to load the RMS DEPS and the RPM RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION tables.
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that DEPS.DEPT is unique.
§ Ensure that DEPS.GROUP_NO is a valid GROUPS.GROUP_NO.
§ Ensure DEPS.BUYER (if not NULL) is a valid BUYER.BUYER.
§ Ensure DEPS.MERCH (if not NULL) is a valid MERCHANT.MERCH.
§ Capture
the counts from DEPS and RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION and compare to flat file
DC_DEPS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_4_DESC |
Alpha-numeric
|
120 |
Y |
Description
of the merchandise hierarchy level 4. |
DEPT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
BUYER |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Buyer
for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are from the BUYER field
in the BUYER table in RMS. |
BUYER |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCHANDISER |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Merchandiser
for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are from the MERCH
column in the MERCHANT table in RMS. |
MERCH |
NUMBER(4) |
PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
Integer |
1 |
N |
Method
of accounting for the stock ledger. Valid values are: 1
- Direct cost 2
- Retail inventory If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the
MERCH_HIER_4_ |
PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
NUMBER(1) |
MERCHANDISE_TYPE |
Integer |
1 |
N |
Type
of merchandise in this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are: 0
- 1
- Consignment stock 2
- Concession items If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the
MERCH_HIER_4_PURCHASE_TYPE field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
PURCHASE_TYPE |
NUMBER(1) |
MERCH_HIER_3 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier
of the merchandise hierarchy level 3 of which merchandise hierarchy level 4
is a member. Valid values are in the GROUP_NO field in the GROUPS table in RMS.
|
GROUP_NO |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_4_MRKUP_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Budgeted
intake or markup percentage. The intake percentage, which is the percent of
total take that is income, and the markup percent are calculated from this
percent base on the value given as the MARKUP_CALC_TYPE. If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the
MARKUP_PCT field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
MRKUP_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TOTAL_MARKET_AMT |
Numeric |
24,4 |
N |
Total
market amount expected for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Optional. |
TOTAL_MARKET_AMT |
NUMBER(24,4) |
MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
2 |
N |
Indicates
how markup is calculated for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values
are: C
- Cost R
- Retail If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the
MERCH_HIER_4_ MARKUP_CALC_TYPE field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
OTB_CALC_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
N |
Indicates
how open to buy is calculated for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid
values are: C
- Cost R
- Retail If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the
MERCH_HIER_4_OTB_CALC_TYPE field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
OTB_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MAX_AVG_COUNTER |
Integer |
5 |
N |
Maximum
count of days with acceptable data to include in projected sales for items
within the merchandise hierarchy 4. This
provides a way to weigh the existing sales value in the IF_RPM_ If
the item has a relatively minimal seasonal swing, this value can be set
higher, so that the value will remain stable and take many anomalies to move
the value. If the item has a relatively strong seasonal swing, the counter
should be set to a lower number, so that the value is more easily moved to
reflect a trend or seasonal shift. Required
if RPM is used. Default value is 1. |
MAX_AVGCOUNTER |
NUMBER(5) |
AVG_TOLERANCE_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Tolerance
percentage used in averaging sales for items. Used to determine if a sales
amount received falls within a reasonable range to be considered in the
calculation. Values that fall outside the range are considered outliers and
are capped at the high or low of the range. This is used by ReSA to populate
the IF_RPM_SMOOTHED_AVG table. The purpose of this table is to populate
projected sales in RPM. This
value sets up a range for appropriate data. The value should be entered as a
whole integer; for example, 70 represents 70%. Required
if RPM is used. Default value is 1. |
AVG_TOLERANCE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
N |
Indicates
whether retail is held with or without VAT. If VAT is not turned on in RMS,
then this value should be N. If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the
MERCH_ |
DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
LOWEST_STRATEGY_LEVEL |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Lowest
level at which a strategy can be defined. Valid values are: 0
- Merchandise hierarchy 4 1
- Merchandise hierarchy 5 2
- Merchandise hierarchy 6 If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
LOWEST_STRATEGY_LEVEL |
NUMBER(6) |
WORKSHEET_LEVEL |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates
the merchandise hierarchy level used to build worksheets for pricing
strategies in RPM. This value should be at or above the value in the
LOWEST_STRATEGY_ 0
- Merchandise hierarchy 4 1
- Merchandise hierarchy 5 2
- Merchandise hierarchy 6 If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
WORKSHEET_LEVEL |
NUMBER(6) |
HISTORICAL_SALES_PERIOD |
Integer |
6 |
|
Indicates
the period used by the merchandise extract to RPM when extracting historical
sales.Valid values are: 0
Week 1
Month 2
- Half year 3
Year If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
HISTORICAL_SALES_LEVEL |
NUMBER(6) |
REGULAR_SALES_IND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates
whether regular price sales are included as part of the historical sales
extracted by the merchandise extract to RPM. Valid values are: 0
- Do not include 1
Include If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
REGULAR_SALES_IND |
NUMBER(6) |
CLEARANCE_SALES_IND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates
whether clearance price sales are included as part of the historical sales
extracted by the merchandise extract to RPM. Valid values are: 0
- Do not include 1
Include If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
CLEARANCE_SALES_IND |
NUMBER(6) |
PROMOTIONAL_SALES_IND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates
whether promotional price sales are included as part of the historical sales
extracted by the merchandise extract to RPM. Valid values are: 0
- Do not include 1
Include If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
PROMOTIONAL_SALES_IND |
NUMBER(6) |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_HAND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicator
used by the merchandise extract to RPM to determine whether to include the
warehouse on hand quantity when calculating sell thru and price change
impact. If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_HAND |
NUMBER(6) |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_ORDER |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicator
used by the merchandise extract to RPM to determine whether to include the
warehouse on order quantity when calculating the total on order quantity. If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_ORDER |
NUMBER(6) |
PRICE_CHANGE_AMOUNT_CALC_TYPE |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Calculation
method for the price change amount column on the Worksheet and Worksheet
status screens. Valid values are: 0
- Current-New 1
- New-Current If
no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
PRICE_CHANGE_AMOUNT_CALC_TYPE |
NUMBER(6) |
RETAIL_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Defines
a window of recent price changes. The worksheet will highlight past price
changes that fall within this window of time. |
RETAIL_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Defines
a window of recent cost changes. The worksheet highlights past cost changes
that fall within this window of time. |
COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
PEND_COST_CHG_WINDOW_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Indicates
how many days forward the worksheet looks to find upcoming cost changes. |
PEND_COST_CHG_WINDOW_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
PEND_COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Defines
a window of upcoming cost changes. The worksheet highlights upcoming cost
changes that fall within this window of time. |
PEND_COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
File name: DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_MERCH_DEFAULTS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS
The purpose of this table is a place to indicate more system-wide defaults.
Default_all_merch_hier_5 and 6 are used to default class or subclass values (create only one class or subclass per department or class). If default_class is Y, only one class and subclass is inserted per department. If default_subclass is Y, one subclass is inserted for each class. If defaulting is used, the corresponding DC_SUBCLASS.DAT and DC_CLASS.DAT (if applicable) files are assumed to be empty.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. Ind |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
Default_merch_heir_5 |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether to default the merchandise hierarchy
levels 5 and 6 (RMS class and subclass) records based on each merchandise
hierarchy level 4 (RMS department). |
DEFAULT_CLASS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Default_ merch_heir_6 |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether to default the merchandise hierarchy
level 6 (RMS subclass) records. If DEFAULT_MERCH_HIER_5 (RMS class) is Yes,
then it is assumed that MERCH_HIER_6 values are defaulted as well. |
DEFAULT_SUBCLASS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Merch_heir_4_profit_calc_type |
Integer |
1 |
Y |
Default value to be used for all MERCH_HIER_4 records that do not have
a profit calc type value specified. Valid values are: 1 - Direct cost 2 - Retail inventory |
DEPT_PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
NUMBER |
Merch_heir_4_purchase_type |
Integer |
1 |
N |
Purchase type default value for MERCH_HIER_4 records that do not have
a merchandise type value specified. Valid values are: 0 - Normal merchandise 1 - Consignment stock 2 - Concession items |
DEPT_PURCHASE_TYPE |
NUMBER |
Merch_heir_4_MRKUP_PCT |
Integer |
12,4 |
Y |
Indicates whether the field specifies the intake or
markup is determined by the value of the DC_DEPS. A value of R indicates that this field specifies the budgeted intake,
which is synonymous with markup percent of retail. A value of C indicates that this field specifies the budgeted markup,
which is synonymous with markup percent of cost. If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken
from the MARKUP_PCT field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
DEPT_MRKUP_PCT |
NUMBER |
Merch_heir_4_markup_calc_type |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Indicates whether the markup calculation type should be
Cost or Retail for MERCH_HIER_4 records. Valid values are: C Cost R Retail |
DEPT_MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2 |
Merch_heir_4_otb_calc_type |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the open to buy (OTB) calculation type
should be Cost or Retail for MERCH_HIER_4 records. Valid values are: C Cost R Retail |
DEPT_OTB_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2 |
Merch_hier_4_VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether retail is held with VAT in the
MERCH_HIER_4 level. If VAT is not turned on in RMS, this value should be N. |
DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Merch_hier_5_VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether retail is held with VAT in the
MERCH_HIER_5 level. If VAT is not turned on in RMS, this value should be N. |
CLASS_VAT_INCL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_CLASS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_CLASS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that the CLASS.DEPT/CLASS.CLASS combination is unique.
§ Ensure that CLASS.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Capture
the count from CLASS and compare to flat file DC_CLASS.DAT to ensure that all
rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy
level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are
in the DEPT field in the DEPS table. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merchandise
hierarchy level 5. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the merchandise
hierarchy level 5. |
CLASS_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether retail is held with VAT. If VAT is not
turned on in RMS, this value should be N. If no value is specified in the flat
file, the value is defaulted from the MERCH_HIER_5_VAT_IN_RETAIL field in the
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
CLASS_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_SUBCLASS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_SUBCLASS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that the SUBCLASS.DEPT/SUBCLASS.CLASS/SUBCLASS.SUBCLASS combination is unique.
§ Ensure that the SUBCLASS..DEPT/SUBCLASS.CLASS combination exists in CLASS.
§ Capture
the count from SUBCLASS and compare to flat file DC_SUBCLASS.DAT to ensure that
all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy
level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 6 is a member. Valid values are
in the DEPT field in the DEPS table. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy
level 5 of which merchandise hierarchy level 6 is a member. Valid values are
in the CLASS field in the CLASS table. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merchandise
hierarchy level 6. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the merchandise
hierarchy level 6. |
SUBCLASS_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
File name: DC_VAT_DEPS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_DEPS.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_DEPS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§
Ensure that every
VAT_DEPS.VAT_REGION/VAT_DEPS.DEPT/
VAT_DEPS.VAT_TYPE combination is unique.
§ Ensure that VAT_DEPS.VAT_REGION is a valid VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION.
§ Ensure VAT_DEPS.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Ensure VAT_DEPS.VAT_CODE is a valid VAT_CODES.VAT_CODE.
§
Capture the count from VAT.DEPS and compare to
flat file DC_VAT_DEPS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ The SQL script is called by the
dc_load_merch.ksh and will create the DC_VAT_DEPS oracle external table if
default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
Merch_heir_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merch hierarchy level 4. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
Y* |
Unique identifier of VAT region. VAT region is determined by the VAT
authority. This value should to a value in the DC_VAT_REGION.DAT file. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y* |
Indicates whether the VAT rate is used for purchasing
(Cost), selling (Retail), or both. Valid values are from the VTTP code type:
C, R, or B. |
VAT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y* |
Unique identifier of VAT code. Valid values include: S= - StandardZ= - Zero. This value should correspond to a value from
the DC_VAT_CODES |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the department is subjected to reverse charge VAT. Valid values are Y or N. |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Note: The asterisk in the table above indicates that the field is required when VAT is turned on in RMS and default_tax_type is not GTAX.
File name: DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_UDA_ITEM_DEF.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that the UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_ID/UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.SEQ_NO combination is unique.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_ID is a valid UDA.UDA_ID.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DEPT/UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS combination exists on CLASS (if UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS is not NULL).
§ Ensure
that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DEPT/UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS/
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.SUBCLASS combination exists on SUBCLASS (if
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.SUBCLASS is not NULL).
§ Ensure
that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_ID/
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_VALUE combination exists in UDA_VALUES (if
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_VALUE is not NULL).
§ Capture
the count from UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS and compare to flat file
DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the user -defined
attributes (UDA) to be defaulted. Valid values are in the UDA_ID field in the
UDA table. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Merchandise hierarchy level 4
associated with the defaulted UDA. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Merchandise hierarchy level 5
associated with the defaulted UDA. Optional, but required if the MERCH_HIER_6
field is populated. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Merchandise hierarchy level 6
associated to the defaulted UDA. Optional. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
UDA_VALUE |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Only the UDA_ID display_type of LV is defaulted to the hierarchy specified;
therefore, uda_value is
required. Valid values are in the UDA_VALUE field in the UDA_VALUES table for
the UDA_ID specified. |
UDA_VALUE |
NUMBER(3) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_merch.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_DEPS external table and inserts the data to the RMS DEPS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
If the dc_merch_defaults.default_class_ind is Y, only one class and subclass are inserted for each department. The DC_DEPS and DC_MERCH_DEFAULT tables are used to insert into the RMS CLASS and SUBCLASS tables. The ID and name fields are the same as department for all classes and subclasses.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_DEPS to DEPS Column Defaults
Field Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
If dc_deps.profit_calc_type
is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults
table. |
PURCHASE_TYPE |
NVL(SYSTEM.DEFAULTS DEPT_PURCHASE_TYPE, 0) |
If dc_deps.purchase_type
is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults
table. If that is NULL, then
default to 0. |
BUD_INT |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_BUD_INT |
If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is R, use DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT to populate
the DEPS.BUD_INT RMS field. If DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT is NULL, use MERCH_DEFAULTS. DEPT_MRKUP_PCT to
populate DEPS.BUD_INT. If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is C, populate the DEPS.BUD_INT RMS field
using the following equation: BUD_INT = |
BUD_MKUP |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_BUD_MKUP |
If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is C, use DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT to populate
the DEPS.BUD_MKUP RMS field. If DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT is NULL, use MERCH_DEFAULTS. If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is R, populate the DEPS.BUD_MKUP RMS field
using the following equation: BUD_MKUP = round(DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT * |
MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
If dc_deps.markup_calc_type
is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults
table. |
OTB_CALC_TYPE |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_OTB_CALC_TYPE |
If dc_deps.otb_calc_type
is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults
table. |
DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
If dc_deps.dept_vat_incl_ind
is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults
table. |
Required
files to load: dc_merch_defaults.dat, dc_deps.dat
This function
contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_CLASS external table and
inserts the data to the RMS CLASS and possibly SUBCLASS tables.
Note: This load
will not run if the subclasses are defaulted in the LOAD_DEPS table (that is,
no dc_class.dat file exists). The dc_load_merch.ksh script determines whether
to run this function when the dc_class.dat file does not exist. The script
first gets the indicators from the DC_MERCH_
DEFAULTS table. If the default_class
indicator is not set to Y, the records from DC_CLASS are loaded into the RMS
CLASS table. If the default_subclass
indicator is set to Y, only one subclass is inserted for each class. The
subclass ID defaults to the class ID value.
The following table defines the default value in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_CLASS to CLASS Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
CLASS_VAT_INCL_IND |
SYSTEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS_VAT_INCL_IND |
If dc_class.
class_vat_incl_ind is NULL, use the value from merch_defaults. |
Required
files to load: dc_merch_defaults.dat, dc_class.dat
This function
contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_SUBCLASS external table and
inserts the data to the RMS SUBCLASS.
Note: This load
will not be run if the subclasses are defaulted in the load_deps or load_classes
functions (that is, no dc_subclass.dat file). The dc_load_merch.ksh script will
determine whether to run/not run this function. The script first gets the
indicators from the dc_merch_
defaults table. If the default_subclass
indicator is not set to Y, the function selects from DC_SUBCLASS and inserts
into the RMS SUBCLASS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
files to load: dc_merch_defaults.dat, dc_subclass.dat
This function creates records in the RMS STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS table for every new department and subclass loaded. The function performs an insert/select from the DC_DEPS and DC_SUBCLASS tables to insert the appropriate information (with type_code D or B, respectively) into the STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
files to load: dc_deps.dat, dc_subclass.dat
This function selects data from the DC_VAT_DEPS table and inserts the records into RMS VAT_DEPS table, if the default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will map directly to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_vat_deps.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block
that selects from the DC_UDA_ITEM_
DEFAULTS external table and inserts the data to the RMS uda_item_defaults table. All the columns from the external
Oracle table defined above map directly to the RMS table. The following table
defines the default value in the RMS table if no information is provided in the
data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS to UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
SEQ_NO |
Seq_no + 1 |
Based on dept(class(subclass)). Use analytic function. |
HIERARCHY_VALUE |
1,2 or 3 |
If subclass is not NULL then 3; if
class is not NULL then 2; if dept is not NULL then 1. |
REQUIRED_IND |
N |
Value defaults to N if the file value
is empty. |
Required
file to load: dc_uda_item_defaults.dat
This function selects data from the DC_DEPS table and inserts the records into the RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_DEPS to RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
DEPT_AGGREGATION_ID |
Generated Seq_no |
|
LOWEST_STRATEGY_LEVEL |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
WORKSHEET_LEVEL |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
HISTORICAL_SALES_LEVEL |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
REGULAR_SALES_IND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
CLEARANCE_SALES_IND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
PROMOTIONAL_SALES_IND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_HAND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_ORDER |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
PRICE_CHANGE_AMOUNT_ |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value
is empty. |
Required
file to load: dc_deps.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for this functional area, there are
additional tables that must be loaded manually before you proceed with data
conversion for subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following are required tables that require manual
data loading:
§ RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF
§ HIERARCHY_PERMISSION (Retail Security
Manager [RSM] table)
Additionally, all department UDA defaults must be set up manually where UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.REQUIRED_IND = Y.
This chapter describes the organization hierarchy data conversion. Data must be loaded in the following order:
§ Warehouse
§ Store
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Organizational
Hierarchy, you must complete data conversion for the following functional
areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies
for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done
online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be
created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion
toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach
for your data conversion needs.
The following required tables
must be loaded manually:
§ CHAIN
§ AREA
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ADDR
§ WH
§ WH_ADD
§ STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS
§ TRANSIT_TIMES (applicable to both store
and warehouses)
§ COST_ZONE
§ COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_wh_org.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load
scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_wh_addr_tab.sql
dbc_create_vwh_tab.sql
dbc_create_pwh_tab.sql
dbc_create_transit_times_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Warehouse functional area:
Data Flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Warehouse Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must create in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_WH_ADDR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WH_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_wh_addr
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_wh_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that ADDR.STATE is a valid STATE.STATE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Capture counts from ADDR where ADDR.MODULE = WH and compare to flat file DC_WH_ADDR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WAREHOUSE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Primary identifier for the warehouse
for which the address record applies. In a multi-channel environment, only
the physical warehouse should contain address records, so this field will
contain physical warehouse IDs. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Type of address for this warehouse.
Valid values are: 01 Business 02 Postal 03 Returns 04 Order 05 Invoice 06 Remittance Additional address types can be defined
in the RMS ADD_TYPE table. The required address types for a
warehouse are definable in the RMS add_type_module
table, where MODULE=WH. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates
whether this address is the primary for the
warehouse and address type. Valid values are Y (primary) and N (non-primary). |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the primary contact person at
this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the contact person at
this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail address of the contact person at
this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex number of the contact person at
this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
First line of the address of this
warehouse and address type. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Second line of the address of this
warehouse and address type. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Third line of the address of this
warehouse and address type. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
City of this address of the warehouse
and address type. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
County of the address of this warehouse
and address type. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
State of the address of this warehouse
and address type. Values in this column must exist in the |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
Postal code (for example, ZIP code) of
the address for this warehouse and address type. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country code of the address of this
warehouse and address type. Values in this column must exist in the RMS
COUNTRIES table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_PWH.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PWH_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pwh
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_wh_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that WH.WH is unique.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 1, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid COMPHEAD.COMPANY.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 10, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid CHAIN.CHAIN.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 20, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid AREA.AREA.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 30, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid REGION.REGION.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 40, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid DISTRICT.DISTRICT.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 50, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid STORE.STORE.
§ Ensure that WH.VAT_REGION is a valid VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION, if WH.STOCKHOLIDNG_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that WH.CURRENCY_CODE is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Ensure that WH.ORG_UNIT_ID (if not NULL) is a valid ORG_UNIT.ORG_UNIT_ID.
§ Ensure that WH.TSF_ENTITY_ID is a valid TSF_ENTITYT.TSF_ENTITY_ID if WH.STOCKHOLIDNG_IND = Y.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WAREHOUSE_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the warehouse being
defined. In a multi-channel environment, this contains the physical warehouse
ID. In a single-channel environment, there is no distinction between physical
and virtual warehouses. This value must be unique across all warehouses (physical and virtual)
and stores. |
WH |
NUMBER(10) |
WAREHOUSE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
Y |
Name of the warehouse being defined. |
WH_NAME |
VARCHAR2(150) |
PRIMARY_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
(Applicable only in a multi-channel
environment. Required in a multi-channel environment). Identifier of the primary virtual warehouse within this physical
warehouse. The value must be a valid virtual warehouse loaded in the VWH file
that exists within this physical warehouse. The primary VWH is used throughout RMS in various transactions for
which only a physical warehouse has been specified. |
PRIMARY_ |
NUMBER(10) |
CURRENCY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency in which all cost and retail
values for this warehouse are represented. Valid values must exist in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
BREAK_PACK_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse is
capable of distributing less than the supplier case quantity (supplier pack
size). Valid values are Y and N. |
BREAK_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REDIST_WH_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse is considered a
redistribution warehouse, which is a dummy warehouse usable for creating
purchase orders in advance of knowing the final order to locations. This flag
is only used by the RMS Order Redistribution report, as a query criterion for
displaying POs that require redistribution to the final locations. Valid
values are Y and N. |
REDIST_WH_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DELIVERY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Warehouse delivery policy for shipments
from the warehouse. Valid values are: NEXT - Next day NDD - Next delivery day NEXT indicates that deliveries are made on the next warehouse open
day. NDD indicates that deliveries are made only on scheduled days. |
DELIVERY_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FORECAST_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the warehouse can be
forecasted. Value are Y and N. Only warehouses with a value of Y are visible
to the forecasting tool (RDF). In a multi-channel environment, this parameter only needs to be
defined for virtual warehouses, so that it can be passed as NULL for the
physical warehouse. |
FORECAST_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse can be
used to replenish other locations. Valid values are Y and N. Y indicates that
inventory from this warehouse can be used to replenish other locations. In a multi-channel environment, this parameter only needs to be
defined for virtual warehouses, so that it can be passed as NULL for the
physical warehouse. |
REPL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_WH_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Replenishable warehouse that is linked
to this virtual warehouse. This link implies that the virtual warehouse is
included in the net inventory calculations for the replenishable warehouse. This field is should only be definable in a single-channel environment
and where the value in the repl_ind field is N. |
REPL_WH_ |
NUMBER(10) |
IB_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the warehouse is an investment buy
warehouse. |
IB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IB_WH_LINK |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Investment buy warehouse that is linked to the virtual warehouse. This
link implies that the virtual warehouse is included in the net inventory
calculations for the investment buy warehouse. This field should only contain a value when the IB_IND is N. |
IB_WH_ |
NUMBER(10) |
AUTO_IB_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the investment buy inventory should be automatically
transferred to the turn (replenishable) warehouse when an order is received
by the turn warehouse. Valid values are Y and N. |
AUTO_IB_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
INBOUND_ |
Integer |
2 |
Y |
Number of days that the warehouse requires to receive any item and get
it to the shelf so that it is ready to pick. Valid value is a number from 0 to 99. |
INBOUND_ |
NUMBER(2) |
WH_NAME_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
N |
Secondary description of the warehouse. This value is used to support
multi-language, where the primary description may contain characters not
easily sortable. |
WH_NAME_SECON |
VARCHAR2(150) |
EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Primary e-mail for the warehouse. |
EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Required when VAT_IND in SYSTEM_OPTIONS is Y. Contains the warehouse
VAT region, used by RMS to determine the VAT rates applicable at this
location. |
VAT_ |
NUMBER(4) |
ORG_HIER_ |
Integer |
4 |
N |
For reporting purposes, this field, along with the ORG_HIER_VALUE
field, can be used to define a level and value of the organizational
hierarchy with which this warehouse is associated. This field defines the
level of the organizational hierarchy defined in the ORG_HIER_VALUE field. Valid values are: 1 Company 10 Chain 20 Area 30 Region 40 District 50 Store |
ORG_HIER_ |
NUMBER(4) |
ORG_HIER_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
(See ORG_HIER_TYPE description). ID of the organizational hierarchy value as defined by the
ORG_HIER_TYPE. For example, if the ORG_HIER_TYPE is 20 (area), this field
should contain a valid area ID. |
ORG_HIER_ |
NUMBER(10) |
DUNS_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number used to identify the warehouse location.
This is reference-only data. |
DUNS_LOC |
VARCHAR2(4) |
DUNS_ |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number used to identify the warehouse. This is
reference-only data. |
DUNS_ |
VARCHAR2(9) |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Unique identifier for the Oracle Organizational ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ |
NUMBER(15) |
File name: DC_VWH.DAT
This VWH.DAT file contains the virtual warehouse locations details for each physical warehouse. This file is to be created and loaded into RMS only when multi-channel functionality is enabled (SYSTEM_OPTIONS. MULTICHANNEL_IND = Y). Otherwise, this file is not necessary, and only the DC_PWH.DAT file is required.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VWH_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_vwh
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VIRTUAL_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique
identifier for the virtual warehouse. This value must be unique across all
warehouses (physical and virtual) and stores. |
WH |
NUMBER(10) |
VIRTUAL_WH_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
Y |
Name for the
virtual warehouse being defined. |
WH_NAME |
VARCHAR2 |
PHYSICAL_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the
physical warehouse in which this virtual warehouse resides. To be valid, the
physical warehouse must already exist in RMS and be loaded separately from
the physical warehouse file. |
PHYSICAL_WH |
NUMBER(10) |
RESTRICTED_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicator used
to restrict virtual warehouses from receiving stock during an inbound type
transaction (such as positive SOH inventory adjustment, |
RESTRICTED_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PROTECTED_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the virtual warehouse
is affected last in transactions where inventory is removed, or affected
first in short-shipment type transactions where inventory is being added. The
indicator is used in any outbound or inventory removal type transactions
(such as returns to vendor [RTV], negative stock on hand [SOH] inventory
adjustments), when the system has to distribute the transaction quantity
across virtual warehouses within a physical warehouse for one of these
reasons: § A virtual warehouse has not been specified or could not be derived. § A virtual warehouse does not have enough stock to cover the transaction quantity, and stock needs to be pulled from other virtual warehouses within the physical warehouse. The indicator
is also used for inbound type transactions where there is some sort of
short-shipment (for example, a short-shipment for a |
PROTECTED_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FORECAST_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates
whether this warehouse is forecastable. Value values are Y and N. Only
warehouses with a value of Y will be visible to the forecasting tool (RDF). |
FORECAST_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates
whether this warehouse can be used to replenish other locations. Valid values
are Y and N. Y indicates that inventory from this warehouse can be used to
replenish other locations. |
REPL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_WH_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Replenishable
warehouse that is linked to this virtual warehouse. This link implies that
the virtual warehouse is included in the net inventory calculations for the
replenishable warehouse. |
REPL_WH_ |
NUMBER(10) |
IB_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates
whether the warehouse is an investment buy warehouse. |
IB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IB_WH_LINK |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Investment buy warehouse that is linked
to the virtual warehouse. This link implies that the virtual warehouse is
included in the net inventory calculations for the investment buy warehouse. This field should only contain a value
when the IB_IND is equal to N. |
IB_WH_LINK |
NUMBER(10) |
AUTO_IB_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the investment buy
inventory should be automatically transferred to the turn (replenishable)
warehouse when an order is received by the turn warehouse. Valid values are Y and N. |
AUTO_IB_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FINISHER_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the virtual warehouse
performs finishing. Valid values are Y and N. Each channel must have at least one
virtual warehouse that is not a finisher location (FINISHER_IND=N). |
FINISHER_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
WH_NAME_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
N |
Secondary
description of the warehouse. This value is used to support multi-language,
where the primary description may contain characters not easily sortable. |
WH_NAME_ |
VARCHAR2(150) |
CHANNEL_ID |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Channel to which this virtual warehouse
is assigned. Within a given physical warehouse, each virtual warehouse must
belong to a different channel. Valid channel IDs must exist in RMS and
should be defined before warehouses are created. |
CHANNEL_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Legal entity to which this virtual
warehouse belongs. This field is only required when the system is operating
with multiple legal entities. Valid values must exist in the RMS
tsf_entity table prior to loading warehouses. |
TSF_ENTITY_ |
NUMBER(10) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Unique identifer for the Oracle Organizational
ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Defines whether the virtual warehouse is
customer orderable or not. Valid values:Y, N If not specified, it is defaulted to N. |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_TRANSIT_TIMES.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TRANSIT_TIMES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_transit_times
Note: Although the RMS transit_times table is loaded as part of warehouse functionality, the origin field may contain Store or Warehouse. Similarly, the destination field may contain Store or Warehouse.
Suggested post-load validation (sequence after dc_load_wh_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.TRANSIT_TIMES_ID is unique.
§ Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.DEPT/TRANSIT_TIMES.CLASS combination exists on CLASS (if TRANSIT_TIMES.CLASS is not NULL).
§
Ensure that
TRANSIT_TIMES.DEPT/TRANSIT_TIMES.CLASS/
TRANSIT_TIMES.SUBCLASS combination exists on SUBCLASS (if TRANSIT_TIMES.SUBCLASS
is not NULL).
§
Capture the count from TRANSIT_TIMES and compare
to flat file DC_TRANSIT_TIMES.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TRANSIT_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique
identifier of the record. This value can be sequence generated but must be
unique per record loaded. |
TRANSIT_ |
NUMBER(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of
the fourth level (from the top down) of the merchandise hierarchy (department
in the base configuration) to which the transit time record applies. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
ORIGIN |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Identifier of
the supplier or location from which a shipment would originate. The
identifier is a supplier ID, or a location ID with location ID type,
depending on the value specified in the origin_type field. |
ORIGIN |
NUMBER(10) |
DESTINATION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Identifier of
the location from which a shipment would be destined. The identifier is a
store ID or a warehouse ID, depending on the value specified in the
destination_ type field. |
DESTINATION |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_ |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Identifier of the type of value
specified in the origin field. Valid values are: ST - Stores WH - Warehouses SU - Suppliers |
ORIGIN_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
DESTINATION_ |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Identifier of the type of value
specified in the DESTINATION field. Valid values are: ST - Stores WH - Warehouses |
DESTINATION_ |
VARCHAR2(2) |
TRANSIT_TIME |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Number of days
it takes for a shipment from the origin location or supplier to arrive at the
destination location. This value must be expressed in terms of a whole number
of days. |
TRANSIT_TIME |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Identifier of the fifth level (from the
top down) of the merchandise hierarchy (class in the base configuration) to
which the transit time record applies. Specifying a value in this field is
optional, except when a value is provided in the MERCH_HIER_6 field. If a
value is not specified in this field, the records are applicable to all items
that fall under the 4th level of the merchandise hierarchy. A value should be
specified in this field when the transit days vary across items under the
fifth level of the merchandise hierarchy. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Identifier of the sixth level (from the
top down) of the merchandise hierarchy (subclass in the base configuration)
to which the transit time record applies. Specifying a value in this field is
optional. If a value is not specified in this field, the records are
applicable to all items that fall under the 4th (or 5th when populated) level
of the merchandise hierarchy. A value should be specified in this field when
the transit days vary across items under the sixth level of the merchandise
hierarchy. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_WH_ADDR external table and inserts the data to the RMS ADDR table.
The table below defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_wh_ADDr to addr Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
System-generated |
Use addr
sequence. |
MODULE |
WH |
N/A |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
|
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
N/A |
Required
file to load: dc_wh_addr.dat
This function serves several purposes:
§ It inserts data into the WH table by selecting all columns from the DC_VWH and DC_PWH external tables, or both, and uses the defaults specified below for the columns that are not in the DC_PWH or DC_VWH tables, or that are NULL in the external tables.
Both DC_VWH and DC_PWH tables are considered for loading data. Otherwise, only data from the DC_PWH table is loaded.
§ It inserts data into the WH_ADD table. There are four total columns to be populated. It populates the WH_ADD pricing location with the warehouse ID (virtual warehouse ID when multi-channel is on) and the PRICING_LOC_CURR with the warehouse CURRENCY_CODE.
§ It inserts data into the stock_ledger_inserts table. Otherwise, it inserts the physical warehouse number.
Note: When multi-channel is not enabled, there is only one . file for DC_PWH data (DC_PWH.DAT). This function populates the WH, Wh_ADD, and STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS tables accordingly.
Note: When
multi-channel is enabled, there are two files for DC_PWH and DC_VWH data
(DC_PWH.DAT and DC_VWH.DAT). Each physical warehouse (PWH) may have one or more
virtual warehouses (VWH), so there can be one-to-many mappings between DC_PWH
and DC_VWH tables. Data from both the DC_PWH and DC_VWH tables is used to
insert physical warehouse records into the WH table first; then all related
virtual warehouse records are inserted into the WH table. For inserts into the
WH_ADD and STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS tables, only virtual warehouse data is used.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_PWH to WH, WH_ADD, STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
RESTRICTED_IND |
N |
N/A |
PROTECTED_IND |
N |
N/A |
BREAK_PACK_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
REDIST_WH_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_WH_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
REPL_IND |
NA |
If multichannel = Y, then override file value with N; otherwise,
default to Y. |
IB_IND |
N |
N/A |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
|
N if multi-channel, Y if not multi-channel |
AUTO_IB_CLEAR |
N |
N/A |
FINISHER_IND |
N |
This can only be Yes for virtual warehouses in a multi-channel
environment, so always set it to N. |
PHYSICAL_WH |
NA |
WAREHOUSE_ID |
ORG_ENTITY_TYPE |
R |
If multichannel = Y, then override file value with N; otherwise,
default to Y. |
DC_VWH to WH, WH_ADD, STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
Y |
N/A |
REDIST_WH_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PROTECTED_IND |
N |
If NULL |
FORECAST_WH_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
REPL_IND |
N |
If NULL |
IB_IND |
N |
If NULL |
AUTO_IB_CLEAR |
N |
If NULL |
FINISHER_IND |
N |
WAREHOUSE_ID |
VAT_REGION |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
CURRENCY_CODE |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
ORG_HIER_TYPE |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
ORG_HIER_VALUE |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
EMAIL |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
DUNS_NUMBER |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
DUNS_LOC |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
INBOUND_HANDLING_DAYS |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
BREAK_PACK_IND |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
REDIST_WH_IND |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
ORG_ENTITY_TYPE |
R |
Values: R for regular warehouse, M for importer location and X for
exporter location. Default value (if NULL in External Table) is R. |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
N |
If NULL |
Required
files to load: dc_pwh.dat, dc_vwh.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block
that selects from the DC_transit_times
external table and inserts the data to the RMS transit_times table.
Required
file to load: dc_transit_times.dat
This function inserts data into the COST_ZONE and COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC tables for the L cost level ZONE_GROUP_ID, by selecting all columns from the DC_PWH external table. First it retrieves the zone_group_id for the L cost_level from the cost_zone_group table; then it uses this zone_group_id to insert records for all the physical warehouses in the DC_PWH external table into the cost_zone and cost_zone_group_loc tables.
The columns in these tables map to the DC._PWH table as follows:
§ zone_ID = wh
§ location = wh
§ description = wh_name
§ loc_type = W
§ base_cost_ind = N
The same insert is performed in the COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC table for virtual warehouses. In this insert, the values are retrieved from the DC_VWH table, and the zone_id is set to the physical_wh column value.
Required file to load: dc_pwh.dat, dc_vwh.dat (if multi-channel is active)
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ REGION
§ DISTRICT
§ STORE_ADD
§ STORE_DEPT_AREA
§ ADDR
§ WF_CUSTOMER
§ WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP
The following programs are included in this
functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_store_org.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_region_tab.sql
dbc_create_district_tab.sql
dbc_create_store_add_tab.sql
dbc_create_store_addr_tab.sql
dbc_create_store_dept_area.sql
dbc_create_wf_customer_tab.sql
dbc_create_wf_customer_group_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Store functional area:
Data Flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Store Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_store_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage
returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_REGION.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_REGION_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_REGION
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that REGION.REGION is unique.
§ Ensure that REGION.AREA is a valid AREA.AREA.
§ Ensure that REGION.CURRENCY_CODE (if not NULL) is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Capture
the count from REGION and compare to flat file DC_REGION.DAT to ensure that all
rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
REGION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the region. |
REGION |
NUMBER(10) |
REGION_ |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the region. |
REGION_ |
VARCHAR2(120) |
AREA |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the area in which the region
falls. |
AREA |
NUMBER(10) |
MGR_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the region manager. |
MGR_ |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CURRENCY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Currency under which the region operates.
Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
File name: DC_DISTRICT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_DISTRICT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_DISTRICT
Suggested post-load validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that DISTRICT.DISTRICT is unique.
§ Ensure that DISTRICT.REGION is a valid REGION.REGION.
§ Ensure that DISTRICT.CURRENCY_CODE (if not NULL) is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Capture
the count from DISTRICT and compare to flat file DC_DISTRICT.DAT to ensure that
all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
DISTRICT |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the organization
district. |
DISTRICT |
NUMBER(10) |
DISTRICT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the district. |
DISTRICT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
REGION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the region under which
the district falls. |
REGION |
NUMBER(10) |
MGR_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the district manager. |
MGR_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Currency under which the district
operates. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
File name: DC_STORE_ADDR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STORE_ADDR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that ADDR.KEY_VALUE_1 is a valid STORE_ADD.STORE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.STATE is a valid STATE.STATE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Capture
the count from ADDR where ADDR.MODULE = ST and compare to flat file
DC_STORE_ADDR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Store ID for the address. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Type of address for this store. Valid values are: 01 - Business 02 - Postal 03 - Returns 04 - Order 05 - Invoice 06 - Remittance Additional address types can be defined in the RMS ADD_TYPE table. The required address types for a store
are definable in the RMS ADD_TYPE_MODULE table, where MODULE = ST for company
stores and WFST for franchise stores. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates
whether this is the
primary address for the address type. |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the contact at the
address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at the
address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail of the contact at the address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex number of the contact at the
address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
First line of the address. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Second line of the address. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Third line of the address. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
City of the address. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
County in which the city is located. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
State in which the city is located. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
ZIP code of the address. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country ID. Valid values are in the RMS
COUNTRY table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_STORE_ADD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_ADD_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STORE_ADD
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.STORE is unique and does not exist on STORE.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.TSFZONE (if not NULL) is a valid TSFZONE.TRANSFER_ZONE.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.CURRENCY_CODE is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.LANG is a valid LANG.LANG.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.DISTRICT is a valid DISTRICT.DISTRICT.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.DEFAULT_WH (if not NULL) is a valid WH.WH, where WH.STOCKHOLDING_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.ORG_UNIT_ID (if not NULL) is a valid ORG_UNIT.ORG_UNIT_ID.
§
Ensure that STORE_ADD.STORE_FORMAT (if not NULL)
is a valid STORE_FORMAT.STORE_FORMAT.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the store. |
STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
STORE_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
Y |
Name of the store. |
STORE_NAME |
VARCHAR2(150) |
STORE_NAME10 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
10-character abbreviation of the store name. |
STORE_NAME10 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
STORE_NAME3 |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
3-character abbreviation of the store name. |
STORE_NAME3 |
VARCHAR2(3) |
STORE_CLASS |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Code letter indicating the class of which the store is a member: |
STORE_CLASS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STORE_MGR_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the store manager. |
STORE_MGR_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
STORE_OPEN_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
Y |
Date the store opened. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
STORE_OPEN_DATE |
DATE |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the store can hold stock, default N. |
STOCKHOLDING_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DISTRICT |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the district in which the store is located. Must be a valid
district ID. |
DISTRICT |
NUMBER(10) |
START_ORDER_DAYS |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Days before the store open date that the store can start accepting
orders. |
START_ORDER_DAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency in which the store operates. Must be a valid currency code in
the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LANG |
Integer |
6 |
Y |
Language in which the store operates. Must be a valid language code
that exists in the RMS LANG table. |
LANG |
NUMBER(6) |
COPY_REPL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the replenishment information set up
for the like store will be copied (Y or N, default N). |
COPY_REPL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
TRAN_NO_GENERATED |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Indicates whether the transaction ID is unique by store
or by store/register (S or R). |
TRAN_NO_GENERATED |
VARCHAR2(6) |
INTEGRATED_POS_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the POS at the store is integrated(Y
or N). |
INTEGRATED_POS_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COPY_ACTIVITY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the like stores closing date schedule
should be copied in the creation of a new store based on a like store (Y or
N, default N). |
COPY_ACTIVITY_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COPY_DLVRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the like stores delivery schedule
should be copied in the creation of a new store based on a like store (Y or
N, default N). |
COPY_DLVRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STORE_NAME_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
N |
Secondary name of the store. This field can be populated only when system_options. secondary_desc_ind =
Y. |
STORE_NAME_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(150) |
STORE_CLOSE_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date the store closed. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
STORE_CLOSE_DATE |
DATE(7) |
ACQUIRED_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date the store was acquired. Date format is DDMONYYYY. |
ACQUIRED_DATE |
DATE(7) |
REMODEL_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Last date the store was remodeled. Date format is DDMONYYYY. |
REMODEL_DATE |
DATE(7) |
FAX_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at the store. |
FAX_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(20) |
PHONE_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the store. |
PHONE_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(20) |
EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail of the contact at the store. |
EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
TOTAL_SQUARE_FT |
Integer |
8 |
N |
Total square feet of the store. |
TOTAL_SQUARE_FT |
NUMBER(8) |
SELLING_SQUARE_FT |
Integer |
8 |
N |
Square feet dedicated to selling merchandise. |
SELLING_SQUARE_FT |
NUMBER(8) |
LINEAR_DISTANCE |
Integer |
8 |
N |
Total merchandise area of the store. |
LINEAR_DISTANCE |
NUMBER(8) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Number of the value added tax region in which this store is located. Required if vat_include_ind
= N. Valid values are found in the RMS VAT_REGION table. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_INCLUDE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether value added tax is included in the
retail prices for the store. Valid values are Y or N, default N. |
VAT_INCLUDE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CHANNEL_ID |
Integer |
4 |
N |
In a multi-channel environment, this contains the channel with which
the store is associated. Valid values can be found in the CHANNELS table. This is required for a multi-channel environment; the value must be a
valid channel ID. |
CHANNEL_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
STORE_FORMAT |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Number indicating the format of the store. Valid values are found in
the store format table. |
STORE_FORMAT |
NUMBER(4) |
MALL_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the mall in which the store is located. |
MALL_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
TRANSFER_ZONE |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Transfer zone in which the store is located. Valid values are located
in the tsfzone table. |
TRANSFER_ZONE |
NUMBER(4) |
DEFAULT_WH |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Number of the warehouse that can be used as the default for creating
cross-dock masks. This determines which stores are associated with or sourced
from a warehouse. It holds only virtual warehouses in a multi-channel
environment. Otherwise, this field is NULL. |
DEFAULT_WH |
NUMBER(10) |
STOP_ORDER_DAYS |
Integer |
3 |
N |
Number of days before a store closing that the store will stop accepting
orders. This column is used when the store_close_ |
STOP_ORDER_DAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
DUNS_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number to identify the store. |
DUNS_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(9) |
DUNS_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number to identify the location. |
DUNS_LOC |
VARCHAR2(4) |
SISTER_STORE |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Store number used to relate the current store to the historical data
of an existing store. |
SISTER_STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Legal entity in which the store is located. This field is required in
a multi-channel environment. Foreign key to the TSF_ENTITY table |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Unique identifier for the Oracle Organizational ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
STORE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Type of store. Valid values are: C Company F - Franchise |
STORE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
WF_CUSTOMER_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Unique ID of the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
AUTO_APPROVE_ORDERS_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether electronic orders to this store should
be approved automatically if the order can be fulfilled. Valid values are Y and N. |
AUTO_APPROVE_ORDERS_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
TIMEZONE_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
64 |
Y |
Name of the Time Zone in which the store
is located. |
TIMEZONE_ |
VARCHAR2(64) |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Defines
whether the store is customer orderable or not. Valid values: Company Stores
: Y, N Franchise
Stores : Y, N |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_DEPT_AREA_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that STORE_DEPT_AREA.STORE is a valid STORE_ADD.STORE or a valid STORE.STORE.
§ Ensure that STORE_DEPT_AREA.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Capture the count from STORE_DEPT_AREA and compare to flat file DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of
the store. |
STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Fourth level
of the merchandise hierarchy, referred to as department in the base
configuration. This field must contain a valid value from the RMS DEPS table. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
Date |
7 |
Y |
Date on which the area is effective for
the store and hierarchy. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example,
02JAN2011). |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
DATE(7) |
AREA |
Number |
12,4 |
Y |
Area in the
store used by the hierarchy value (department). |
AREA |
NUMBER(12,4) |
File name: DC_WF_CUSTOMER.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WF_CUSTOMER_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_WF_CUSTOMER
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WF_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique
ID of the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
WF_ |
Alpha-numeric
|
120 |
Y |
Name
of the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CREDIT_IND |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether
the franchise store has good credit standing. Valid values are Y and N. |
CREDIT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
WF_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique
ID of a customer group associated with the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
File name: DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WF_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique
ID of the customer group. |
WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
WF_ |
Alpha-numeric
|
120 |
Y |
Name
of the customer group. |
WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_store_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_REGION external table and inserts the data to the RMS REGION table.
Required
file to load: dc_region.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_DISTRICT external table and inserts the data to the RMS DISTRICT table.
Required
file to load: dc_district.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_STORE_ADDR external table and inserts the data to the RMS ADDR table.
The table below defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_STORE_ADDR to ADDR Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
System-generated |
NA |
MODULE |
ST |
NA |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
NA |
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_store_addr.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_STORE_ADD external table and inserts the data to the RMS STORE_ADD table.
The table below defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_STORE_ADD to STORE_ADD Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
Y |
Y or N |
COPY_REPL_IND |
N |
Y or N |
COPY_ACTIVITY_IND |
N |
Y or N |
COPY_DLVRY_IND |
N |
Y or N |
VAT_INCLUDE_IND |
N |
Y or N |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
N |
Defaults to N and NULL for company stores and stockholding franchise
stores. |
Required
file to load: dc_store_add.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA external table and inserts the data to the RMS STORE_DEPT_AREA table.
Required
file to load: dc_store_dept_area.dat
This function selects all columns from the DC_WF_CUSTOMER external table and inserts data into the WF_CUSTOMER table. The DC_WF_CUSTOMER external table maps exactly to the RMS WF_CUSTOMER table.
Required
file to load: dc_wf_customer.dat
This function selects all columns from the DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP external table and inserts data into the WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP table. The DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP external table maps exactly to the RMS WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP table.
Required file to load: dc_wf_customer_group.dat
After using
the data conversion toolset for this functional area, there are additional
tables that must be loaded manually before you proceed with data conversion for
subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following are required tables that require manual
data loading:
§ DEPT_CHRG_HEAD
§ DEPT_CHRG_DETAIL
§ store_hierarchy
§ COST_ZONE_GROUP (zone level pricing)
Note: Location level cost_zone_group should have been created by the seed data
installation. See Appendix:
Seed Data Installation
for more information.
§ COST_ZONE
§ COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC
§ RPM requirements:
RPM_ZONE_GROUP_TYPE
RPM_ZONE_GROUP
RPM_ZONE
RPM_ZONE_LOCATION
This chapter describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ SUPS
§ ADDR (for supplier addresses)
§ SUP_IMPORT_ATTR
§ PARTNER
The following programs are included in the Suppliers functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
§
This main script is used across all functional
areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_supplier.ksh
§
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table
create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_sups_tab.sql
dbc_create_sup_addr_tab.sql
dbc_create_sup_import_attr_tab.sql
dbc_create_country_attrib_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Suppliers functional area:
Data Flow for the Suppliers Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset
for Suppliers, you must complete data conversion for the following functional
areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
§ Organizational Hierarchy
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies
for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done
online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be
created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion
toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach
for your data conversion needs.
The following required tables
must be loaded manually:
§ partner
(required types: AG=agents, BK=advising or issuing banks, FA=factory)
§ outloc
(required types: DP=discharge ports, LP=lading ports)
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_supplier.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_SUPS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_SUPS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_supplier.ksh):
§ Ensure that SUPS.SUPPLIER is unique.
§ Ensure that SUPS.CURRENCY_CODE is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Ensure that SUPS.TERMS is a valid TERMS_HEAD.TERMS.
§ Ensure that SUPS.FREIGHT_TERMS is a valid FREIGHT_TERMS.FREIGHT_TERMS.
§ Ensure that SUPS.LANG (if not NULL) is a valid LANG.LANG.
§ Capture supplier number from SUPS where SUPS.BRACKET_COSTING_IND = Y to ensure that SUP_BRACKET_COST rows are added manually.
§ Capture supplier number from SUPS where SUPS.RET_ALLOW_IND = Y to ensure that row for the supplier with ADDR_TYPE = 03 exists in ADDR.
§
Capture the count from SUPS and compare to flat
file DC_SUPS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique number for the supplier. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
SUP_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Name of the supplier. |
SUP_NAME |
VARCHAR2(240) |
SUP_NAME_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Secondary name of the supplier. This
field can only be populated when SYSTEM_OPTIONS. |
SUP_NAME_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Phone number of the contact at the
supplier. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at the
supplier. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_PAGER |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Pager number of the contact at the
supplier. |
CONTACT_PAGER |
VARCHAR2(20) |
QC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether orders from this
supplier default as requiring quality control. A value of Y means that all
orders from this supplier require quality control, unless overridden by the
user when the order is created. An N in this field means that quality control
will not be required, unless indicated by the user during order creation. |
QC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
QC_PCT |
Float |
12,4 |
N |
Percentage of items per receipt that
will be marked for quality checking. |
QC_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
QC_FREQ |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Frequency with which items per receipt
will be marked for quality checking. |
QC_FREQ |
NUMBER(2) |
VC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether orders from this
supplier default as requiring vendor control. A value of Y means that all
orders from this supplier will require vendor control. N means that vendor
control will not be required. |
VC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VC_PCT |
Float |
12,4 |
N |
Percentage of items per receipt that
will be marked for vendor checking. |
VC_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
VC_FREQ |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Frequency with which items per receipt
will be marked for vendor checking. |
VC_FREQ |
NUMBER(2) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency the supplier uses for business
transactions. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LANG |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Suppliers preferred language. This
field is provided for custom purchase orders in a specified language. Valid values are stored in the LANG table in RMS. |
LANG |
NUMBER(6) |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Indicator identifying the sales terms
that default when an order is created for the supplier. These terms specify
when payment is due and if there are any discounts for early payment. Valid values are in the RMS TERMS_HEAD table. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
Y |
Indicator that references the freight
terms that default when an order is created for the supplier. Valid values are in the RMS FREIGHT_TERMS table. |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
VARCHAR2(30) |
RET_ALLOW_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the supplier accepts
returns. Valid values are Y and N. |
RET_ALLOW_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RET_AUTH_REQ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether returns must be accompanied by an
authorization number when sent back to the vendor. Valid values are Y and N. |
RET_AUTH_REQ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RET_MIN_DOL_AMT |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Contains a value if the supplier requires a minimum dollar amount to
be returned in order to accept the return. Returns of less than this amount
will not be processed by the system. This field is stored in the supplier's
currency. |
RET_MIN_DOL_AMT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
RET_COURIER |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Name of the courier that should be used for all returns to the
supplier. |
RET_COURIER |
VARCHAR2(250) |
DEFAULT_ HANDLING_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Percentage multiplied by the total order cost to determine the
handling cost for the return. |
HANDLING_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
EDI_PO_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether purchase orders will be sent to the
supplier through Electronic Data Interchange. |
EDI_PO_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_PO_CHG |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether purchase order changes
will be sent to the supplier through Electronic Data Interchange. |
EDI_PO_CHG |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_PO_CONFIRM |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this supplier will
send acknowledgment of a purchase orders sent through Electronic Data
Interchange. |
EDI_PO_CONFIRM |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_ASN |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this supplier will
send Advance Shipment Notifications electronically. Valid values are Y and N. |
EDI_ASN |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_SALES_RPT_FREQ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
EDI sales report frequency for this
supplier. Valid values are: D - Sales and stock information will be downloaded daily. W - Sales and stock information will be downloaded weekly. |
EDI_SALES_RPT_FREQ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_SUPP_AVAILABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the supplier will send
availability through EDI. |
EDI_SUPP_AVAILABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_CONTRACT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether contracts will be sent
to the supplier through EDI. |
EDI_CONTRACT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_CHANNEL_ID |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Used only in a multi-channel
environment. If the supplier is an EDI supplier and supports vendor-initiated
ordering, this field contains the channel ID of the channel to which all
inventory for these types of orders will flow. This field is used when a
vendor-initiated order is created for a physical warehouse, to determine the
virtual warehouse within the physical warehouse to which the inventory will
flow. The virtual warehouse belonging to the indicated channel will be used. |
EDI_CHANNEL_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
REPLEN_APPROVAL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether contract orders for
the supplier should be created in approved status. |
REPLEN_APPROVAL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SHIP_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Unique number for the supplier. |
SHIP_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PAYMENT_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Name of the supplier. |
PAYMENT_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Secondary name of the supplier. This
field can only be populated when SYSTEM_OPTIONS. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Name of contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
SETTLEMENT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Phone number of the contact at the
supplier. |
SETTLEMENTCODE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRE_MARK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Fax number of the contact at the
supplier. |
PRE_MARK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
AUTO_APPR_INVC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Pager number of the contact at the
supplier. |
AUTO_APPR_INVC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FREIGHT_CHARGE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether orders from this
supplier default as requiring quality control. A value of Y means that all
orders from this supplier require quality control, unless overridden by the
user when the order is created. An N in this field means that quality control
will not be required, unless indicated by the user during order creation. |
FREIGHT_CHARGE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
BACKORDER_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Percentage of items per receipt that
will be marked for quality checking. |
BACKORDER_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Frequency with which items per receipt
will be marked for quality checking. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
INV_MGMT_LVL |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether orders from this
supplier default as requiring vendor control. A value of Y means that all
orders from this supplier will require vendor control. N means that vendor
control will not be required. |
INV_MGMT_ LVL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Percentage of items per receipt that
will be marked for vendor checking. |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Frequency with which items per receipt
will be marked for vendor checking. |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
COMMENT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Currency the supplier uses for business
transactions. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
COMMENT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
DEFAULT_ITEM_LEAD_TIME |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Suppliers preferred language. This
field is provided for custom purchase orders in a specified language. Valid values are stored in the LANG table in RMS. |
DEFAULT_ITEM_LEAD_TIME |
NUMBER(4) |
DUNS_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Indicator identifying the sales terms
that default when an order is created for the supplier. These terms specify
when payment is due and if there are any discounts for early payment. Valid values are in the RMS TERMS_HEAD table. |
DUNS_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(9) |
DUNS_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Indicator that references the freight
terms that default when an order is created for the supplier. Valid values are in the RMS FREIGHT_TERMS table. |
DUNS_LOC |
VARCHAR2(4) |
DEFAULT_
VMI_ORDER_STATUS |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether returns must be accompanied by an
authorization number when sent back to the vendor. Valid values are Y and N. |
VMI_ORDER_STATUS |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DSD_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Contains a value if the supplier requires a minimum dollar amount to
be returned in order to accept the return. Returns of less than this amount
will not be processed by the system. This field is stored in the supplier's
currency. |
DSD_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SUPPLIER_PARENT |
Numeric |
10 |
N |
This has a value of Supplier number for
the Supplier Site. For Suppliers, this field will be NULL. |
SUPPLIER_PARENT |
NUMBER(10) |
SUP_QTY_LEVEL |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
|
This field is not nullable. Valid values
are CA (cases) and EA (eaches). Default = EA |
SUP_QTY_LEVEL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_sup_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_sup_ADDR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_supplier.ksh):
§ Ensure that ADDR.KEY_VALUE_1 is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ADDR.STATE is a valid STATE.STATE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Ensure that every SUPS.SUPPLIER with SUPS.RET_ALLOW_IND = Y has a row in ADDR with ADDR.MODULE = SUPP and ADDR.ADDR_TYPE = 03.
§ Ensure that every SUPS.SUPPLIER has a row in ADDR with ADDR.MODULE = SUPP, and ADDR.ADDR_TYPE in the set of all ADD_TYPE_MODULE.ADDRESS_TYPE, with ADD_TYPE_MODULE.MODULE = SUPP and ADD_TYPE_MODULE.MANDATORY_IND = Y.
§ Ensure every ADDR.ADDR_TYPE where ADDR.MODULE = SUPP is a valid ADD_TYPE_MODULE.ADDRESS_TYPE with ADD_TYPE_MODULE.MODULE = SUPP.
§ Capture the count from ADDR where ADDR.MODULE = SUPP and compare to flat file DC_SUP_ADDR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER_ID |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of
the supplier. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
NUMBER(10) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Type of address for this supplier. Valid
values are: 01 - Business 02 - Postal 03 - Returns 04 - Order 05 - Invoice 06 - Remittance Additional address types can be defined in the RMS ADD_TYPE table. The required address types for a
supplier are definable in the RMS ADD_TYPE_MODULE table where MODULE = SUPP. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates
whether the address is the primary address for this address type. |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the
contact at this address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number
of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex number
of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of
the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail of the
contact at this address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
First line of
the address. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE _2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Second line of
the address. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE _3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Third line of
the address. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the
city of this address. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
County of the
address. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
State abbreviation
of the address. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
ZIP code. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country code.
Valid values are in the COUNTRY table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_supplier.ksh):
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.AGENT is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with PARTNER_TYPE = AG.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.ADVISING_BANK is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with PARTNER_TYPE = BK.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.ISSUING_BANK is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with PARTNER_TYPE = BK.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.LADING_PORT is a valid OUTLOC.OUTLOC_ID with OUTLOC.OUTLOC_TYPE = LP.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.DISCHARGE_PORT is a valid OUTLOC.OUTLOC_ID with OUTLOC.OUTLOC_TYPE = DP.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PLACE_OF_EXPIRY is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = LCPE.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.DRAFTS_AT is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = LCDA.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PRESENTATION_TERMS is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = LCPT.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_1 is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with the same partner type as SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_TYPE_1.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_2 is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with the same partner type as SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_TYPE_2.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_3 is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with the same partner type as SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_TYPE_3.
§ Capture the count from SUP_IMPORT_ATTR and compare to flat file DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of
the supplier. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
AGENT |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Agent
associated with the supplier. |
AGENT |
VARCHAR2(10) |
ADVISING_BANK |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Bank advising
the Letter of Credit. |
ADVISING_BANK |
VARCHAR2(10) |
ISSUING_BANK |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Bank issuing
the letter of credit. |
ISSUING_BANK |
VARCHAR2(10) |
LADING_PORT |
Alpha-numeric |
5 |
N |
Identification
number of the supplier's |
LADING_PORT |
VARCHAR2(5) |
DISCHARGE_PORT |
Alpha-numeric |
5 |
N |
Identification
number of the supplier's discharge port. |
DISCHARGE_PORT |
VARCHAR2(5) |
MFG_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
18 |
N |
Manufacturer's tax identification
number. |
MFG_ID |
VARCHAR2(18) |
RELATED_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates
whether the supplier is related to the company. Valid values are Y and N. |
RELATED_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
BENEFICIARY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates
whether this supplier can be a beneficiary. Valid values are Y and N. |
BENEFICIARY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
WITH_RECOURSE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Conditional
payment on the part of the bank, as instructed by the buyer. Valid values are
Y and N. |
WITH_RECOURSE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REVOCABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates
whether the letter of credit is revocable. If this is Y, the letter of credit
can be amended or cancelled at any time by the buyer or buyer's bank. If this
is 'N', the letter of credit has to have both buyer and seller approval to do
anything. |
REVOCABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VARIANCE_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Allowed
currency variance percentage for the letter of credit. For example, if the
variance percent is 5, the letter of credit can be underpaid or overpaid by 5
percent. |
VARIANCE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
LC_NEG_DAYS |
Integer |
3 |
N |
Number of days
to negotiate documents. |
LC_NEG_DAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
PLACE_OF_EXPIRY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Place where the letter of credit will
expire. Valid values are: 01 - Issuing Bank 02 - Advising Bank 03 - Miami 04 - New York 05 Los Angeles |
PLACE_OF_EXPIRY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DRAFTS_AT |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Terms of draft (or when payment is to be
made) for the letter of credit. Valid values are: 01 - At sight 02 - 30 Days 03 - 60 Days |
DRAFTS_AT |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRESENTATION_TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Terms of presentation (for example, to
the order of any bank or to XYZ Bank). Valid values are: P - By payment A - By acceptance N - By negotiation |
PRESENTATION_TERMS |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FACTORY |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Factory
partner ID for the factory partner type. |
FACTORY |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_TYPE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Partner type
of the first additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_TYPE_1 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Partner ID of
the first additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_TYPE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Partner type
of the second additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_TYPE_2 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Partner ID of
the second additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_TYPE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Partner type
of the third additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_TYPE_3 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Partner ID of
the third additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS table.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_supplier.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function selects from the DC_ SUPs external table and inserts the data to the RMS SUPS table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table lists columns that do not exist in the DC_SUPs table and must be defaulted as described.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_SUPs to SUPS Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
SUP_STATUS |
A |
N/A |
AUTO_APPR_DBT_MEMO_IND |
Y |
If NULL in
external table |
PREPAY_INVC_IND |
Y |
N/A |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
NEXT |
If NULL in
external table |
BRACKET_COSTING_IND |
N |
If NULL in
external table |
DSD_IND |
N |
If NULL in
external table |
EDI_INVC_IND |
Y |
N/A |
DBT_MEMO_CODE |
Y |
N/A |
INVC_PAY_LOC |
C |
N/A |
INVC_RECEIVE_LOC |
C |
N/A |
ADDINVC_GROSS_NET |
G |
N/A |
VMI_ORDER_STATUS |
A |
If NULL in
external table |
Required
file to load: dc_sups.dat
This function selects from the DC_SUP_ADDR external table and inserts the data to the RMS ADDR table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table lists columns that do not exist in the DC_SUP_ADDR table and must be defaulted as described.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
Sequence
generated |
N/A |
MODULE |
SUPP |
N/A |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
N/A |
ADDR_TYPE |
See the note
that follows. |
N/A |
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
N/A |
Note: For each input supplier, the address records are created depending on the mandatory address types in the ADD_TYPE_MODULE table.
Required
file to load: dc_sup_addr.dat
This function selects from the DC_ SUP_IMPORT_ATTR external table and inserts the data to the RMS SUP_IMPORT_ATTR table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_sup_import_attr.dat
After using the
data conversion toolset for this functional area, the SUP_BRACKET_COST table
must be loaded manually. This table is required for suppliers that have bracket
costing. It must be loaded before you proceed with data conversion for
subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be done online
through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created.
Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset.
Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your
data conversion needs.
This section describes data conversion for the RMS PARTNER table. The following programs are included in this functional area:
The following programs are included in this
functional area:
§ Main wrapper dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_partner.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
§ dbc_create_partner_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_partner_addr_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the MSOB Partner functional area:
Data Flow for the MSOB Partner Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_partnerwh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_PARTNER.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_partner.ksh):
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PARTNER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Specifies type of partner. E.g. Bank BK, etc. |
PARTNER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2 (6) |
PARTNER_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the partner. |
PARTNER_ID |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Description or name of partner |
PARTNER_DESC |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency for business transaction. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LANG |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Partners preferred language. |
LANG |
NUMBER(6) |
STATUS |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Determines whether the partner is currently active. |
STATUS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of partners representative contact. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Phone number. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax Number. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex Number. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Email ID. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
MFG_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
18 |
N |
Manufacturers Tax Identification Number. |
MFG_ID |
VARCHAR2(18) |
PRINCIPLE_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Country ID to which Partner is assigned. |
PRINCIPLE_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LINE_OF_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
The line of credit the company has at the bank in Partners currency. |
LINE_OF_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
OUTSTAND_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
Total amount of credit that the company
has used / charged against in the Partners currency. |
OUTSTAND_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
OPEN_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
Total amount that the company can still charge against in the
Partners currency. |
OPEN_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
YTD_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
Total amount of credit the company has used this year to date. |
YTD_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
YTD_DRAWDOWNS |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
The year to date payments the bank has made on behalf of the company. |
YTD_DRAWDOWNS |
NUMBER(20,4) |
TAX_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
18 |
N |
Unique Tax Identification Number. |
TAX_ID |
VARCHAR2(18) |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Payment Terms for partner. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the expense vendors services must be confirmed as
performed before paying an invoice. |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
INVC_PAY_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates where the invoices from this vendor are paid. |
INCV_PAY_LOC |
VARCHAR2(6) |
INVC_RECEIVE_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates where the invoices from this vendor are received. |
INVC_RECEIVE_LOC |
VARCHAR2(6) |
IMPORT_COUNTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Import country of the import authority. |
IMPORT_COUNTRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(3) |
PRIMARY_IA_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the import authority is a primary import authority. |
PRIMARY_IA_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COMMENT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Contains any comments associated with partner. |
COMMENT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
ID of transfer entity with which External finisher is associated. |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Vat region with which partner is associated. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Integer |
15 |
N |
Organization Unit ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
PARTNER_NAME_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
This will hold the secondary name of
the partner. |
PARTNER_NAME_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(240) |
AUTO_RCV_STOCK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
This will indicate whether the system will update the stock for the
external finisher when the 1st leg of the transfer is shipped. Valid values
are 'Y'es or 'N'o. |
AUTO_RECEIVE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_PARTNER_ADDR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External
Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER_ADDR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_partner.ksh):
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE
TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
This column
contains specific ID or type that the address is attached to. If the module
is Partner, then key_value_1 holds the type of Partner [BANK (BK),Freight
Forwarder (FF), Factory (FA), Agent (AG), Broker (BR), and Importer (IM)],
else it will hold the supplier number. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
KEY_VALUE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
If the module
is Partner (PTNR), then this field will contain the partners ID, else this
field will be null. |
KEY_VALUE_2 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
This column
contains a unique number used to distinguish between different addresses. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if
this address is the primary for the partner and address type. Valid values
are Y (primary) and N (non-primary). |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Contains the
name for the primary contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains the
phone number for the contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains the
fax number for this partner address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Contains the
e-mail address for the contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains the
telex number for the contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Contains the
first line of this address for this partner and address type. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Contains the
second line of this address for this partner and address type. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Contains the
third line of this address for this partner and address type. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Contains the
city of this address for this partner and address type. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Contains the
county of this address for this partner and address type. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Contains the
state of this address for this partner and address type. Values in this
column must exist in the RMS STATE table. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
Contains the
postal code (e.g. Zip Code) of this address for this warehouse and address
type. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Contains the
country code of this address for this warehouse and address type. Values in
this column must exist in the RMS COUNTRIES table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction
code for the address. |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_PARTNER external table and inserts the data to the RMS PARTNER table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The following fields are required:
ˇ PARTNER_ID
ˇ PARTNER_TYPE
ˇ PARTNER_DESC
ˇ CURRENCY_CODE
ˇ STATUS
ˇ CONTACT_NAME
ˇ CONTACT_PHONE
ˇ TERMS
ˇ SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND
ˇ PRIMARY_IA_IND
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_partner.dat
This function inserts data into the ADDR table by selecting all columns from the DC_PARTNER_ADDR external table and uses the defaults specified below for the columns that are not in DC_PARTNER_ADDR.
ADDR Column Defaults for partner
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
system generated |
NA |
MODULE |
PTNR |
NA |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
NA |
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_partner_addr.dat
File name: DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_COUNTRY_ATTRIB_TAB.SQL This SQL script is called by the dc_load_COUNTRY_ATTRIB.Ksh and will create the DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB oracle external table with the following definition:
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
This contains the code which uniquely
identifies the country. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2 (3) |
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables.
§ Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data. The dc_load_partner.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts. For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
ERROR HANDLING: All functions should include the exception part of the PL/SQL block and handle WHEN OTHERS by assigning the sqlerrm to the KSH variable and return (see sample in Segment Wrapper Script Design Doc).
COMMIT: In each function, follow each insert statement with a commit command.
The following functions should be defined in the declaration of the
script:
§ LOAD_COUNTRY_ATTRIB This function selects from the DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB external table and inserts the data to the RMS COUNTRY_ATTRIB table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_ COUNTRY_ATTRIB and will need to be defaulted as described. The function returns a Boolean value.
The COUNTRY_ATTRIB field is required:
Required file to load: dc_country_attrib.dat
Because different types of items have
different data structures, the Items functional area is organized based on item
types, as follows:
ˇ
Fashion
Items
ˇ
Hardline
Items
ˇ
Grocery
Items
ˇ
Pack
Items
ˇ
Item
Supplier
ˇ
Item
Location
ˇ
Others
Note the following:
§ Break-to-sell items are not supported in this data conversion toolset.
§ 2- to 3-tier non-pack items are both orderable and sellable.
§ Pack items are divided into sellable only and orderable (sellable is optional).
Before you begin using the data conversion
toolset for Items, you must complete data conversion for the following
functional areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
§ Organizational Hierarchy
§ Suppliers
There are tables that must be loaded
manually, because of data dependencies for auto-loading within this functional
area. Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications
(RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as
part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to
determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind
is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The
following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This
main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load script.
Refer to Chapter 2
for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_fashion_item.ksh
This
wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
* dbc_create_style_tab.sql
* dbc_create_fashion_sku_tab.sql
* dbc_create_fashion_xref_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Fashion Items functional area:
Data Flow for the Fashion Items Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_fashion_item.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character
fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a
carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STYLE_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STYLE
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_fashion_item.ksh):
§
Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL < ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND =
N, and compare to flat file DC_STYLE.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_1 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_2 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_3 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_4 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STYLE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the style. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
STYLE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the style. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STYLE_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the style.Default
= First 120 characters of sku_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
STYLE_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the item for
Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy
level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are
in the DEPT field in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy
level 5 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are
in the CLASS field in the CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy
level 6 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are
in the SUBCLASS field in the SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
SIZE_1_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Size group ID of the first size that
differentiates the style from its item_parent
(for example, men's pant sizes or a value such as 6 oz). Valid values are in
the diff_group and diff_idS tables. |
SIZE_1_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
SIZE_2_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size group ID of the second size that
differentiates the style from its item_parent.
Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
SIZE_2_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
COLOR_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the color grouping of the style
that differentiates the style from its item_parent
(for example, pastel colors). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids
tables. |
COLOR_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_DIFF_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the other grouping of the style
that differentiates the style from its item_parent.
Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
OTHER_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines
which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable
only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ITEM_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up
to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this
indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator
allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers.
Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping
level. The remainder of the diffs that are not a part of the aggregate group
represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
ITEM_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_1_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up
to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this
indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator
allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers.
Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping
level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate
group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
SIZE_1_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_2_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up
to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this
indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator
allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers.
Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping
level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate
group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
SIZE_2_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COLOR_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up
to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this
indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator
allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation
allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping level. The
remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group
represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
COLOR_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
OTHER_DIFF_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up
to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this
indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator
allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers.
Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping
level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate
group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
OTHER_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STYLE_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the style. |
STYLE_COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item
attribute used to indicate whether an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability
codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be
combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an
item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
Note: The same number of aggregate indicators should be populated as the number of corresponding diff values.
For example, if diffs 1 and 2 contain values, then only diff aggregate 1 and diff aggregate 2 should be populated with a Y or N. The diff 3 and diff 4 aggregate indicators should be NULL.
For item aggregation, the item can aggregate only by up to 1 less than the total number of differentiator groups specified. For example, if an item has three differentiator groups associated with it, the user can aggregate by as many as two of those groups.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FASHION_SKU_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FASHION_SKU
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_fashion_item.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = N, and compare to flat file DC_FASHION_SKU.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the stock
keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRIMARY_SKU_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Not in RMS item_master, needed for defaulting style. |
PRIMARY_SKU_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STYLE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Style associated with the SKU. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SKU_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the SKU. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Short description of the SKU. Default = First 120 characters of sku_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SKU_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for
Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
Integer |
- |
Y |
Cost zone group associated with the
item. This field is only required when elc_ind
(landed cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options
table. |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
STANDARD_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unit of measure in which stock of the
item is tracked at a corporate level. |
STANDARD_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
Numeric |
12,10 |
N |
Conversion factor between an each and
the standard_uom, when the standard_uom is not in the quantity
class (for example, if standard_uom
= lb and 1 lb = 10 eaches, this factor is 10). This factor is used to convert
sales and stock data when an item is retailed in eaches, but does not have
eaches as its standard unit of measure. |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
NUMBER(20,10) |
STORE_ORDER_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Unit type in which merchandise shipped
from the warehouses to the stores must be specified. Valid values are: C - Cases I - Inner E - Eaches |
STORE_ORDER_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SKU_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the SKU. |
SKU_COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates if the item is a merchandise
item (Y, N). Default = Y |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FORECAST_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates if this item will be
interfaced to an external forecasting system (Y, N). Default = Y |
FORECAST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size ID of the first size that
differentiates the SKU from its Style |
SIZE_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
SIZE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size ID of the first size that
differentiates the SKU from its style (for example, 32 length). Valid values
are in the diff_group and diff_id tables. |
SIZE_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
COLOR |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Color ID of the color that
differentiates the SKU from its style (for example, red). Valid values are
found in the diff_group and diff_id tables. |
COLOR |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_VARIANT |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that
differentiates the SKU from its style (for example, stone-washed). Valid
values are in the diff_group
and diff_id tables. |
OTHER_VARIANT |
VARCHAR2(10) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines
which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable
only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate whether
an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes
(with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be
combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_FASHION_XREF.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FASHION_XREF_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FASHION_XREF
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_fashion_item.ksh):
§
Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL > ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL, and compare to flat file
DC_FASHION_XREF.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the grandchild less 2.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid COST_ZONE_GROUP..ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS is not MISC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.UOM_CONV_FACTOR is not NULL if UOM_CLASS of ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is not QTY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.PACKAGE_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = RTLT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_TEMP (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HTMP.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_SENSITIVITY (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HSEN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
XREF_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
The ID that uniquely identifies the
scanning barcode associated with a product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_ DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
XREF_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = First 120 characters of
xref_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
XREF_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for
Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Stock keeping unit associated with the
xref_item. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
STYLE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Style associated with the xref_item. |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the xref_item. |
STYLE_COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates that xref_item is the primary item for the stock keeping
unit. Note there can only be one primary xref item for a SKU. Default = N. |
PRIMARY_REF_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the xref_item
is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT on the code_head
and code_detail tables. Examples are UPC, EAN and others. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract
against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable
items. |
AIP_CASE_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate whether an item is
perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA)
which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed)
together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_fashion_item.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_STYLE and the DC_FASHION_SKU external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
For styles, the following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_STYLE and DC_FASHION_SKU to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
N/A |
For SKUs, the following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_FASHION_SKU to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from SKU_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
SELLABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
files to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for VAT, UDAs and item charges.
Using bulk collect, this function retrieves
into a PL/SQL table the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS and SUBCLASS values from DC_HARDLINES
from the DC_STYLE table and from DC_STYLE joined with DC_FASHION_SKU.
If the VAT indicator is turned on in system_options and default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used), the function retrieves SKU information and calls the VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM to default data into RMS VAT_ITEM table.
It also retrieves style information and calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL, DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. It retrieves SKU information and calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. These functions default data into the RMS UDA_ITEM_LOV, ITEM_CHRG_HEAD, and ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL tables.
Required
files to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for VAT,UDAs and ITEM Charges. Create two cursors to retrieve using bulk collect into a PL/SQL table the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS and SUBCLASS values from DC_STYLE and from DC_STYLE joined with DC_FASHION_SKU.
If vat is turned on in system_options and default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used), retreive sku information and call the VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM.
Retrieve style information and call UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. Retreive sku information and call UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DEFAULT_CHRGS.
Required
file to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FASHION_XREF and the DC_FASHION_SKU external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_FASHION_XREF and DC_FASHION_SKU to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
3 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_ |
N |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
SYSDATE |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ |
SYSDATE |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
files to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat,dc_fashion_xref.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in this functional area.
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
§
This main script is used across all functional areas
to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, Master
Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§
Segment load script dc_load_hardline_item.ksh.
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed
below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_hardlines_tab.sql
dbc_create_hardlines_xref_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Hardline Items functional area.
Data Flow for the Hardline Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_hardline_item.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_hardlines.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_hardlines_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_hardlines
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_hardline_item.ksh):
§
Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT is
NULL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = N, and compare to flat file DC_HARDLINES.DAT to
ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure
that ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SKU_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the SKU. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SKU_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
|
N |
Short description of the SKU. Default = First 120 characters of sku_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SKU_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which merchandise
hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS
table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 which is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the
CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 which is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the
SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
Integer |
|
Y |
Cost zone group associated with the item. This field is only required
when elc_ind (landed cost
indicator) is set to Y in the system_options
table. |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
Floating Point |
12,10 |
N |
Conversion factor between an each and the standard_uom, when the standard_uom
is not in the quantity class. (For example, if standard_uom = lb and 1 lb = 10 eaches, this factor is 10).
This factor is used to convert sales and stock data when an item is retailed
in eaches, but does not have eaches as its standard unit of measure. |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
NUMBER(20,10) |
STANDARD_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unit of measure in which stock of the item is tracked at a corporate
level. |
STANDARD_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STORE_ORDER_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Unit type in which merchandise shipped from the warehouses to the
stores must be specified. Valid values are: C - Cases I - Inner E - Eaches |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SKU_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the SKU. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the item is a merchandise item |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated.
Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface.
Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FORECAST_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this item will be interfaced to an
external forecasting system |
FORECAST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_hardlines_xref.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_hardlines_xref_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_hardlines_xref
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_hardline_item.ksh):
§
Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL
> ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT is NULL, and
compare to flat file DC_HARDLINES_XREF.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid COST_ZONE_GROUP. ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS is not MISC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.UOM_CONV_FACTOR is not NULL if UOM_CLASS of ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is not QTY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
XREF_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the scanning bar code associated with a
product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
XREF_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = 120 characters of xref_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
XREF_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Stock keeping unit associated with the xref_item. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the xref_item. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2 |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether xref_item
is the primary item for the stock keeping unit. Note: There
can only be one primary xref item for a SKU. Default = N |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the xref_item
is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated.
Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface.
Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_hardline_item.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_hardlines external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_hardlines to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
rtrim of substr b 120 characters from
ITEM_DESC. |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
SELLABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_hardlines.dat
This function
inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for VAT,
UDAs, and item charges. Using bulk collect, it retrieves into a PL/SQL
table the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS, and SUBCLASS values from the DC_hardlines table.
If the VAT indicator is turned on in system_options and default_tax_type is NOT GTAX (i.e. SVAT is used), this function retrieves SKU information and calls the VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM to default data into the RMS VAT_ITEM table.
It retrieves item information and calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. These functions default data into the RMS UDA_ITEM_LOV, ITEM_CHRG_HEAD, and ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL tables.
Required
file to load: dc_hardlines.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_hardlines_xref external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_hardlines_XREF to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
rtrim of substr b 120 characters from
ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
files to load: dc_hardlines.dat, dc_hardlines_xref.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed
in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind
is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_grocery_items.ksh.
§
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table
create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_product_line_tab.sql
dbc_create_product_tab.sql
dbc_create_grocery_variant_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Grocery Items functional area:
Data Flow for the Grocery Items Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_grocery_items.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage
returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_product_line.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_product_line_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_product_line
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_grocery_items.ksh):
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists
in SUBCLASS.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_1 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_2 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_3 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure
that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_4 (if not NULL) is a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PRODUCT_LINE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the product line. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRODUCT_LINE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the product line. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PRODUCT_LINE_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the product line. Default = First 120 characters of item_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PRODUCT_LINE_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of product line. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which
merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field
in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifies the merchandise hierarchy level 5 which is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the
CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifies the merchandise hierarchy level 6 which is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the
SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
DIFF_GROUP_1_FLAVOR |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Flavor group ID that differentiates the product line. Valid values are
in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_GROUP_2_SIZE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size group ID that differentiates the product line. Valid values are
in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_GROUP_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of a grouping that differentiates the product line. Valid values
are found in the diff_group and
diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_GROUP_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of a grouping that differentiates the product line. Valid values
are found in the diff_group and
diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
ITEM_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings such as
product line/flavor. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify
if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to
support allocations at a product line/grouping level. The differentiators
that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the
allocation algorithm. |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FLAVOR_AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/flavor level.
This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by
numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product
line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the
aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/size grouping
level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by
numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product
line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the
aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
OTHER_GROUP_3__AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/other grouping
level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by
numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product
line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the
aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
OTHER_GROUP_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/grouping
level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by
numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product
line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the
aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_LINE_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the product line. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract
against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable
items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA)
which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed)
together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
Note: The same number of aggregate indicators should be populated as the number of corresponding differentiator values.
For example, if Diffs 1 and 2 contain values, then only diff aggregate 1 and diff aggregate 2 should be populated with a Y or N. The diff 3 and 4 aggregate indicators should be NULL.
For item aggregation, the item can only aggregate by up to 1 less than the total number of differentiator groups specified. For example, if an item has three differentiator groups associated with it, the user can aggregate by as many as two of those groups.
File name: DC_product.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_product_TAB.SQL
External Oracle
table created: DC_product
Separate post-loading validation is not required for the DC_PRODUCT table. The validations for the DC_GROCERY_VARIANT table (later in this chapter) will also validate the rows loaded to the DC_PRODUCT table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PRODUCT |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that identifies the product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRIMARY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Not in the RMS ITEM_MASTER table,
needed for defaulting product line. |
PRIMARY_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_LINE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Product line associated with the product. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the product. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = First 120 characters of item_desc
(product_desc) |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the product. |
ITEM_DESC_ |
VARCHAR2(250) |
COST_ |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Cost zone group associated with the product. This field is only
required when elc_ind (landed
cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options
table within RMS. |
COST_ZONE_ |
NUMBER(4) |
UOM_ |
Numeric |
20,10 |
N |
Conversion factor between an each and the standard_uom when the standard_uom
is not in the quantity class. (For example, if standard_uom = lb and 1 lb = 10 eaches, this factor is 10).
This factor is used to convert sales and stock data when an item is retailed
in eaches, but does not have eaches as its standard unit of measure. |
UOM_CONV_ |
NUMBER(20,10) |
STAN |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unit of measure in which stock of the product is tracked at a
corporate level. |
STANDARD_ |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STORE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Unit type in which products shipped from the warehouses to the stores
must be specified. Valid values are: C - Cases I - Inner E - Eaches |
STORE_ORD_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MERCHAN |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = Y Indicates if the product is a merchandise item (Y or N). |
MERCHAN |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FORECAST_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = Y Indicates if this product will be interfaced to an external
forecasting system (Y or N). |
FORECAST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DIFF_1_ |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Flavor ID of the flavor that differentiates the product from its
product line. Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_2_ |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size ID of the size that differentiates the product from its product
line. Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_ DIFF_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the product from its
product line. Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER DIFF_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the product from its
product line. Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
CATCH_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicates whether the item should be weighed when it
arrives at a location. Valid values for this field are Y and N. |
CATCH_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
HANDLING_TEMP |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Temperature information associated with the item. Valid values for
this field are in the code type HTMP in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Sensitivity information associated with the item. Valid values for
this field are in the code type HSEN in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
WASTE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Identifies wastage type as either sales or spoilage wastage. Sales
wastage occurs during processes that make an item saleable (for example, fat
is trimmed off at customer request). Spoilage wastage occurs during the
products shelf life (for example, evaporation causes the product to weigh
less after a period of time). Valid values are: SP - Spoilage SL - Sales Wastage is not applicable to pack items. |
WASTE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
WASTE_PCT |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Average percent of wastage for the item over its shelf life. Used in
inflating the retail price for wastage items. |
WASTE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
DEFAULT_ WASTE_PCT |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Default daily wastage percent for spoilage type wastage items. This
value defaults to all item locations and represents the average amount of
wastage that occurs on a daily basis. |
DEFAULT_ |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size of the product printed on any packaging (for example, 24 ounces).
This field is used for reporting purposes, as well as by Retail Price
Management to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_SIZE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure associated with the package size. This field is used
for reporting purposes, and by Retail Price Management to determine
same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
VARCHAR2(4) |
DEPOSIT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Deposit item component type. A NULL value in this field indicates that
this item is not part of a deposit item relationship. The possible values
are: E - Contents A - Container Z - Crate T - Returned item (empty bottle) P - Complex pack (with deposit items) The returned item is flagged only to enable these items to be mapped
to a separate general ledger account if required. |
DEPOSIT_ITEM_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CONTAINER_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
N |
Container item number for a contents item. This field is only
populated and required if the DEPOSIT_ITEM_ |
CONTAINER_ |
VARCHAR2(25) |
DEPOSIT_IN_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates if the deposit amount is included in the price per UOM
calculation for a contents item ticket. This value is only required I - Include deposit amount E - Exclude deposit amount |
DEPOSIT_IN_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates any special label type associated with an item (for example,
pre-priced or cents off). This field is used for reporting purposes only.
Values for this field are defined by the RTLT code in code detail. |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_ |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Value associated with the retail label type. |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the product. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2 |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This field indicates whether the item is perishable or not, Valid
values for this field are Y, N. Default = N |
PERISHABLE_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract
against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable
items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA)
which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed)
together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_GROCERY_variant.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_GROCERY_variant_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_GROCERY_variant
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_grocery_items.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the grandchild less 2.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid COST_ZONE_GROUP..ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS is not MISC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.UOM_CONV_FACTOR is not NULL if UOM_CLASS of ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is not QTY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.PACKAGE_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = RTLT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_TEMP (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HTMP.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_SENSITIVITY (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HSEN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.CONTAINER_ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM if ITEM_MASTER.DEPOSIT_ITEM_TYPE = E.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID and ITEM_MASTER.PREFIX are not NULL if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID is a valid VAR_UPC_EAN.FORMAT_ID if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
|
VARIANT |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the scanning barcode associated with a
product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
|
VARIANT_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the variant item is. Valid values for this
field are in the code type UPCT in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
|
VAR_WGT_PLU_FORMAT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Format ID that corresponds to the item's variable UPC. This value is only used for items with variable UPCs. |
FORMAT_ID |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
VAR_WGT_PLU_PREFIX |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Prefix for variable weight UPCs. The prefix determines the format of
the eventual UPC and is used to decode variable weight UPCs that are uploaded
from the POS. It is the clients responsibility to download this value to
their scale systems. |
PREFIX |
NUMBER(2) |
|
VARIANT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the variant. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
|
VARIANT_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the variant. Default = First 120 characters of item_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
|
VARIANT_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the variant. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
|
PRODUCT |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the product associated with the variant. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
|
PRODUCT_LINE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the product line associated with the variant. |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
|
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicates if the variant is the primary variant for the product. |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
VARIANT_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the variant. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
|
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated.
Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface.
Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
|
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA)
which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed)
together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
|
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
|
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_grocery_items.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_product_line and DC_product external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_product_line and dc_product to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
RTRIM/substrb 120 characters from
ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
Required
file to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_product external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_product_line and dc_product to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
RTRIM/substrb 120 characters from
ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
SELLABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
If NULL |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_GROCERY_variant external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_GROCERY_variant and dc_hardlines to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
3 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
RTRIM/substrb 120 characters from
ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
Required
files to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat, dc_grocery_variant.dat
This function defaults data in the VAT_ITEM, UDA_ITEM_LOV, and ITEM_CHRG_HEAD/DETAIL tables for newly created products and product lines. It includes the following logic:
§ If the VAT indicator is turned on in system_options and default_tax_type is NOT GTAX (i.e. SVAT is used), it uses bulk collect to retrieve into a PL/SQL table the item/department values from the DC_PRODUCT table. It calls the PL/SQL function VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM to insert the department VAT defaults into the RMS VAT_ITEM table, by selecting from the vat_deps and vat_code_rates for each item in the DC_PRODUCT table.
§ It also uses bulk collect to retrieve into a PL/SQL table the item/dept/class/subclass values from the DC_PRODUCT and DC_PRODUCT_LINE tables. It calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS to insert the department UDA defaults into the RMS uda_item_lov table, by selecting from uda_item_defaults and uda for each item in the DC_PRODUCT and DC_PRODUCT_LINE tables.
§ It calls ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DEFAULT_CHRGS to insert the department charge defaults into the RMS ITEM_CHRG_HEAD and ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL tables, by selecting from dept_chrg_head and dept_chrg_detail for each item in the DC_PRODUCT and DC_PRODUCT_LINE tables.
Required
file to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ PACKITEM
§ PACKITEM_BREAKOUT
§ PRICE_HIST
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind
is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in the Pack Items functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call
segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2
for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_packs.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create scripts
listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_orderable_pack_tab.sql
dbc_create_sellable_pack_tab.sql
dbc_create_pack_component_tab.sql
dbc_create_pack_xref_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Pack Items functional area:
Data Flow for the Pack Items Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_packs.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_orderable_pack.DAT
This file contains all orderable packs that are either sellable or non-sellable. These packs can be simple packs or complex packs in RMS.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_orderable_pack_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_orderable_pack
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y and ITEM_MASTER.ORDERABLE_IND = Y, and compare to flat file DC_ORDERABLE_PACK.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a
valid COST_ZONE_GROUP.ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y and
ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y and ITEM_MASTER.ORDERABLE_IND = Y. Ensure that
ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_1 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_2 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_3 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_4 (if not NULL) is
a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.PACKAGE_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = RTLT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_TEMP (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HTMP.
§ Ensure
that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_SENSITIVITY (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE
where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HSEN.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACKID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the pack item. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
DIFF_ 1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style
(for example, stone-washed). Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_ 2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style.
Valid values are found in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style.
Valid values are found in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style.
Valid values are found in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 that is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 6. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS
table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 that is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the
CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 that is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the
SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
PACK_DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the pack item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACK_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the pack item. Default = First 120 characters of pack_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PACK_SECONDARY_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Null if pack_type = Buyer;
otherwise NOT NULL. Cost zone group associated with the item. This field is
only required when elc_ind
(landed cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options
table. |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
PACKAGE_SIZE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size of the product printed on any packaging (for example, 24 ounces).
This field is used for reporting purposes, as well as by Retail Price
Management to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure associated with the package size. This field is used
for reporting purposes, and by Retail Price Management to determine
same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Unit type in which products shipped from the warehouses to the stores
must be specified. Valid values are: I - Inner E - Eaches Default = E |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Manufacturers recommended retail price for the item. Used for
information only. Must be in the primary currency. Null if sellable_ind = N |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Any special label type associated with an item (for example,
pre-priced or cents off). This field is used for reporting purposes only.
Values for this field are defined by the RTLT code on code detail. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
The value associated with the retail label type. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
HANDLING_TEMP |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Temperature information associated with the item. Valid values for
this field are in the code type HTMP in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_TEMP |
VARCHAR2(6) |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Sensitivity information associated with the item. Valid values for
this field are in the code type HSEN in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the item should be weighed when it
arrives at a location. Valid values for this field are Y and N. |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the pack item contains all the same
items within (simple) or the pack item has different items (complex). Valid
values are Y or N. |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SELLABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the pack item is sellable to a
customer. |
SELLABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PACK_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the pack item is a vendor pack or a
buyer pack. Valid values are: B - Buyer V - Vendor Required (V or B) for a complex pack: V for a simple pack. B for a buyer pack that is either Assembled as a pack after receipt
and ordered as individual items, or Vendor pack, where the pack is
ordered. |
PACK_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether a pack item is receivable at the
component level or at the pack level (for a buyer pack only). This field is
required if the pack item is an orderable buyer pack. This field must be NULL
if the pack is sellable only or a vendor pack. Valid values are: E - Eaches (component level) P - Pack (buyer pack only) Identifies whether a buyer pack should be ordered as the components of
the pack (E), or the pack item should be ordered (P). For example, pack A
contains 6 of item B and 6 of item C. If this field is P, the order would be
placed for item A. If this field is E, when ordering 1 unit of A, the
supplier would actually receive the order for 6 B items and 6 C items. |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PACK_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Any comments associated with the pack item |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2 |
CATCH_WEIGHT_ORDER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
How catch weight items are ordered. Valid values are in the code_detail table with a code type
ORDT. Not NULL if catch_weight_ind
= Y |
ORDER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CATCH_WEIGHT_SALE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Method for selling catch weight items in store locations. Valid values
are in the code_detail table
with a code type STYP. Null if
non-sellable. |
SALE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This is to indicate that the pack item should post the
transaction at component level in SIM. Valid values for this field are Y, N. Default value is N (if NULL in
External Table). |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This indicates to show the stock on hand at pack level in down stream
applications when it is called in POS from SIM. Valid values for this field are Y, N. If field value is Y then the notional_pack_ind also should be Y. Default value is N (if NULL in External Table). |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability
codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be
combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an
item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_sellable_pack.DAT
This file contains all sellable packs that are non-orderable. These packs can only be complex packs in RMS.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_sellable_pack_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_sellable_pack
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Capture
counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL
and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y and ITEM_MASTER.ORDERABLE_IND = N, and compare to
flat file DC_SELLABLE_PACK.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACKID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the pack item |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
DIFF_ 1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style
(for example, stone-washed). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids
tables. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_ 2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style.
Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style.
Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style.
Valid values are in the diff_group
and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 that is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 6. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS
table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 that is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the
CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 that is a member of
merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the
SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
PACK_DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the pack item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACK_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the pack item. Default = First 120 char of pack_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PACK_SECONDARY_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACKAGE_SIZE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size of the product printed on any packaging (for example, 24 ounces).
This field is used for reporting purposes, as well as by RPM to determine
same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure associated with the package size. This field is used
for reporting purposes, and by RPM to determine same sized and different
sized items. |
PACKAGE_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Manufacturers recommended retail price for the item. Used for
information only. Needs to be in the primary currency. Null if sellable_ind = N |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Any special label type associated with an item (for example,
pre-priced or cents off). This field is used for reporting purposes only.
Values for this field are defined by the RTLT code on code detail. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Value associated with the retail label type. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
HANDLING_TEMP |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Temperature information associated with the item. Valid values for
this field are in the code type HTMP in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_TEMP |
VARCHAR2(6) |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Sensitivity information associated with the item. Valid values for
this field are in the code type HSEN in the code_head
and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
UNIT_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
Y |
Items current unit retail in the systems primary currency. |
UNIT_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
PACK_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments related to the pack item. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate
whether an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This is to indicate that the pack item
should post the transaction at pack level in SIM. If this indicator is
checked in RMS, SIM will track pack item at the pack level. If the indicator
is not checked in RMS, SIM will store inventory at the component level. |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This indicates to show the stock on hand at
pack level in downstream applications when it is called in POS from SIM. |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability
codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be
combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an
item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_PACK_COMPONENT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PACK_COMPONENT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pack_component
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§
Capture counts from PACK_ITEM and compare to
flat file DC_PACK_COMPONENT.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that PACK_ITEM.PACK_NO is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y.
§ Ensure
that PACK_ITEM.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL =
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACK_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the pack item. |
PACK_NO |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the item contained in the pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM_QTY |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Quantity of the item within the pack. |
PACK_ITEM_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
File name: DC_pack_xref.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_pack_xref_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pack_xref
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID and ITEM_MASTER.PREFIX are not NULL if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID is a valid VAR_UPC_EAN.FORMAT_ID if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
XREF_PACK |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the scanning barcode associated with a
product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
XREF_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = 120 char of xref_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
XREF_SECOND_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACK_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Pack item associated with the xref item. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments attached to the xref item. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
There can be many xref items for a pack item; this indicates whether
this is the primary xref item. Default = N |
PRIMARY_REF_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the xref_PACK
is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
VAR_WGT_PLU_FORMAT |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Format ID that corresponds to the items variable UPC. This value is
only used for items with variable UPCs. |
FORMAT_ID |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAR_WGT_PLU_PREFIX |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Prefix for variable weight UPCs. The prefix determines the format of
the eventual UPC and is used to decode variable weight UPCs that are uploaded
from the POS. |
PREFIX |
NUMBER(2) |
File name: DC_pack_COMPONENT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_ CREATE_PACK_COMPONENT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pack_ COMPONENT
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACK_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the pack item |
PACK_NO |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the Item contained in the Pack |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM_QTY |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Quantity of the Item within the pack |
PACK_ITEM_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
This ksh script is called by the Master Script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script loads the data.
The dc_load_packs.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_orderable_pack external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_orderable_pack to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substrb 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
NA |
Ensure that sellable_ind = Y, otherwise
NULL |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
|
Ensure that orderable_ind = Y and
pack_type != B, otherwise null |
STANDARD_UOM |
EA |
NA |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
NA |
If NULL, E |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
PACK_TYPE |
NA |
Ensure V if simple pack |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
NA |
Ensure pack_type = B and
simple_pack_ind = N, otherwise null. |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
NA |
FORECAST_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
N |
If NULL in External Table. |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_ |
N |
If NULL in External Table. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_orderable_pack.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_sellable_pack external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_sellable_pack to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
Rtrim/substrb 120 characters from
ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NULL |
Always non-orderable |
STANDARD_UOM |
EA |
NA |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
E |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
PACK_TYPE |
NULL |
Always non-orderable |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
NULL |
Always non-orderable |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
Y |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
Always non-orderable |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
Always non-orderable |
ORDER_TYPE |
NULL |
Not catch weight |
SALE_TYPE |
NULL |
Not catch weight |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
NA |
FORECAST_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_pack_component external tables and inserts the data to the RMS packitem and packitem_breakout tables.
Because inner packs are not supported as part of the data conversion toolset, the RMS tables PACKITEM and PACKITEM_BREAKOUT have the same data after loading.
Note: If the loading of DC_PACK_COMPONENT results in any bad data, the PACKITEM and PACKITEM_BREAKOUT tables should be truncated. The bad data should be fixed in the original data file and loaded again. This ensures that the correct seq_no is generated and inserted into RMS tables.
It is assumed that all component items in the DC_PACK_COMPONENT table have been loaded as approved items with data in the ITEM_MASTER and ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY tables, and that the components for each of the packs in DC_SELLABLE_PACK and DC_ORDERABLE_PACK are included in this table. If not, the data will be inconsistent.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_PACK_COMPONENT to PACKITEM and PACKITEM_BREAKOUTColumn Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
SEQ_NO |
|
Seq_no + 1 for each unique item, use
analytic function row_number(). |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_pack_component.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_pack_xref and dc_pack external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_pack_XREF and dc_pack to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
|
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_pack_xref.dat
This function inserts the 0 tran_type, 0 reason, 0 location record into the RMS price_hist table only for sellable non-orderable packs. (All other items have this record inserted with the item_supplier load script). It retrieves the items from the DC_SELLABLE_PACK table. For each item, it calls the PACKITEM_ADD_SQL.BUILD_COMP_COST_RETAIL function to retrieve the unit_cost and unit_retail in the primary currency. It uses these values for the 0 record in price_hist for the unit_cost and unit_retail.
The packs UNIT_COST and UNIT_RETAIL are determined from the pack components. It is assumed that all component items in the DC_PACK_COMPONENT table have been loaded as approved items with data in the ITEM_MASTER and ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY tables, and that the components for each of the packs in DC_SELLABLE_PACK are included in this table. If not, the data will be inconsistent.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_SELLABLE_PACK to PRICE_HIST Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ACTION_DATE |
VDATE |
NA |
TRAN_TYPE |
0 |
NA |
LOC |
0 |
NA |
REASON |
0 |
NA |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL |
Unit_retail |
NA |
SELLING_UOM |
EA |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function selects from the DC_sellable_pack external table and joins with rpm_merch_retail_def to insert data to the rpm_item_zone_price table.
This function retrieves the regular
zone group id for the department
of the items in the DC_SELLABLE_PACK table, and joins with the
RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF_EXPL view to get
the regular RPM GROUP_ZONE_ID for the items department/class/
subclass. It performs a bulk collect of this data and loops through the results
to insert into the rpm_item_zone_price
table. For the insert/select, it joins DC_SELLABLE_PACK for each item and the
RPM_ZONE for the departments ZONE_GROUP_ID.
The function retrieves the primary currency from SYSTEM_OPTIONS table. If the zone currency and the primary currency are different, UNIT_RETAIL is converted to the zone currency. The following table indicates the data retrieved for value insert.
DC_SELLABLE_PACK to RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_ZONE_PRICE_ID |
Use sequence |
NA |
ITEM |
Dc_sellable_pack.item |
NA |
ZONE_ID |
Rpm_zone.zone_id |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_RETAIL |
Dc_sellable_pack.unit_retail |
NA |
STANDARD_ RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_UOM |
EA |
NA |
SELLING_RETAIL |
Dc_sellable_pack.unit_retail |
NA |
SELLING_ RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
SELLING_UOM |
EA |
NA |
MULTI_UNIT_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
Required
file to load: dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for UDAs, VAT (if the default_tax_type != GTAX) and for ITEM CHARGES (non-buyer packs only).
This retrieves the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS and SUBCLASS values from DC_ORDERBLE_PACK and DC_SELLABLE_PACK. It calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS for both sellable and orderable packs. If the default_tax_type != GTAX (SVAT is used), then it calls VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM for both sellable and orderable packs.
This also retrieves SKU and dept information for non-buyer packs. Calls ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DEFAULT_CHARGES.
Required
files to load: dc_orderable_pack.dat, dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function updates the ITEM_MASTER table for those records that have been inserted by the LOAD_ORDERABLE_PACK function during the current run of DC_LOAD_PACKS.ksh.
The update to the ITEM_MASTER table takes place in the CATCH_WEIGHT_TYPE column when a catch weight simple pack is created in RMS. The updated value is 2 or 4 for simple pack catch weight items (or NULL for other items), depending on the sale type and STANDARD_UOM of the component item at the time of approval.
Updates occur for items inserted in Approved status, and where CATCH_WEIGHT_IND=Y, SIMPLE_PACK_IND=Y, PACK_TYPE=V, and ORDER_TYPE=V.
Required files to load: dc_orderable_pack.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following tables, listed in
the order in which they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_COUNTRY
§ ITEM_SUPPLIER
§ ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY
§ ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY
§ ITEM_COST_HEAD
§ ITEM_COST_DETAIL
§ ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM
§ RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE
§ PRICE_HIST
The following programs are included in this functional area.
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call
segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2
for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_item_supplier.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load
scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
§ dbc_create_item_supplier_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_isc_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_ismc_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_isc_dim_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_price_hist_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_item_country_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_item_cost_head_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_item_cost_detail_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Item Supplier functional area:
Data Flow for the Item Supplier Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset
for Item Supplier, you must complete data conversion for the following:
§ Fashion Items
§ Hardlines
§ Grocery Items
§ Pack Items
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_item_supplier.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_SUPPLIER_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_supplier
Note: DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER must have a row/record for every item level, including below-transaction level (reference items).
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPPLIER and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.SUPPLIER is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.PALLET_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PALN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.PALLET_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PALN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.PALLET_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PALN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.CASE_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = CASN.
§ Ensure
that ITEM_SUPPLIER.INNER_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE =
INRN.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
PALLET_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Code referencing the name used to refer
to the pallet. Valid codes are defined in the PALN code type. Examples are
flat, pallet. Default from System Options. |
PALLET_NAME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CASE_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Code referencing the name used to refer
to the case. Valid codes are defined in the CASN code type. Examples are
pack, box, and bag. Default
from System Options. |
CASE_NAME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
INNER_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Code referencing the name used to refer
to the inner. Valid codes are defined in the INRN code type. Examples are
sub-case, sub-pack. Default from System Options. |
INNER_NAME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DIRECT_SHIP_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether any item
associated with this supplier is eligible for a direct shipment from the
supplier to the customer. Default = N |
DIRECT_SHIP_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VPN |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
Vendor product number associated with the SKU. |
VPN |
VARCHAR2(30) |
CONCESSION_RATE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Margin that the supplier receives on sale of the item. If the SKU is a
concession item, this field is required. |
CONCESSION_RATE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
SUPP_LABEL |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
N |
Supplier label. This field can only have
a value if the item is a style. |
SUPP_LABEL |
VARCHAR2(15) |
CONSIGNMENT_RATE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Consignment rate for this item for the
supplier. If the item is a consignment item, this field
is required. |
CONSIGNMENT_RATE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this
supplier is the primary supplier for the item. Each item can have only one
primary supplier. Valid values are Y and N. Lowest Supplier ID = Y, otherwise default = N. Note: This
column must either be populated for all records or NULL for all records. |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Note: If a record is in the BAD or DISCARD file and the primary_supp_ind is NULL in the file, then the record must be populated with N to be loaded, or the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ISC_TAB.SQL The SQL script is called by the
external Oracle table created: DC_item_supp_country
Note: The DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY table must have rows/records for item levels that are transaction level or above. There should not be any data for below-transaction-level items.
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY and will create the DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY oracle external table.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.SUPPLIER is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.ITEM/ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.SUPPLIER combination exists on ITEM_SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.PACKING_METHOD is
a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PKMT
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric
|
25 |
Y |
ID
of the stock Keeping Unit |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID
of the supplier that supplies the SKU |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric
|
3 |
Y |
ID
of the country where the item is sourced i.e. the country where the
supplier is based |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
UNIT_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
Y |
This field contains the current corporate unit
cost for the SKU from the supplier/origin country. This field is stored in
the supplier's currency. |
UNIT_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
SUPP_PACK_SIZE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
This field contains the quantity that orders
must be placed in multiples of for the supplier for the item. |
SUPP_PACK_SIZE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
INNER_PACK_SIZE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
This field contains the break pack size for
this item from the supplier. |
INNER_PACK_SIZE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_LVL |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
This
column will be used to determine how order quantities will be rounded to Case,
Layer and Pallet. Valid values are: § C § L § P § Cl § LP § CLP Default
from System Options. |
ROUND_LVL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This
column will hold the Inner Rounding Threshold value. During rounding, this
value is used to determine whether to round partial Inner quantities up or
down. If the Inner-fraction in question is less than the Threshold
proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is
rounded up. For instance, with an Inner size of 10 and a Threshold of 80%,
Inner quantities such as 18, 29 and 8 would be rounded up to 20, 30 and 10
respectively, while quantities of 12, 27 and 35 would be rounded down to 10,
20 and 30 respectively. Quantities are never rounded down to zero; a quantity
of 7, in the example above, would be rounded up to 10. This column will be
maintained simply for the purpose of defaulting to the
Item/Supplier/Country/Location level. Default
from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This
column will hold the Case Rounding Threshold value. During rounding, this
value is used to determine whether to round partial Case quantities up or
down. If the Case-fraction in question is less than the Threshold proportion,
it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up. For instance, with an Case size
of 10 and a Threshold of 80%, Case quantities such as 18, 29 and 8 would be
rounded up to 20, 30 and 10 respectively, while quantities of 12, 27 and 35
would be rounded down to 10, 20 and 30 respectively. Quantities are never
rounded down to zero; a quantity of 7, in the example above, would be rounded
up to 10. This column will be maintained simply for the purpose of defaulting
to the Item/Supplier/Country/ Default
from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This
column will hold the Layer Rounding Threshold value. During rounding, this
value is used to determine whether to round partial Layer quantities up or
down. If the Layer-fraction in question is less than the Threshold
proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up. Default
from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This
column will hold the Pallet Rounding Threshold value. During rounding, this
value is used to determine whether to round partial Pallet quantities up or
down. If the Pallet -fraction in question is less than the Threshold
proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up. For instance, with
an Pallet size of 10 and a Threshold of 80%, Pallet quantities such as 18, 29
and 8 would be rounded up to 20, 30 and 10
respectively, while quantities of 12, 27 and 35 would be rounded down
to 10, 20 and 30 respectively. Quantities are never rounded down to zero; a
quantity of 7, in the example above, would be rounded up to 10. This column
will be maintained simply for the purpose of defaulting to the
Item/Supplier/Country/ Default
from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
MIN_ORDER_QTY |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This field contains the minimum allowable order
quantity for the item from the supplier. This parameter is used for order
quantity validations. |
MIN_ORDER_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
MAX_ORDER_QTY |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This field contains the maximum allowable order
quantity for the item from the supplier. This parameter is used for order
quantity validations. |
MIN_ORDER_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PRIMARY_COUNTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
N |
This field indicates whether this country is
the primary country for the item/supplier. Each item/supplier combination must
have one and only one primary country. Valid values are Y or N. First
Alpha Country ID = Y otherwise Default = N This column must either be entered
for All records, or Null for all records. |
PRIMARY_COUNTRY_IND
|
VARCHAR2(1) |
TI |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Number of shipping
units (cases) that make up one tier of a pallet. Multiply TI
x HI to get total number of units (cases) for a pallet. |
TI |
NUMBER(12,4) |
HI |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Number of tiers that make up a complete pallet
(height). Multiply TI x HI to get total number of units (cases) for a pallet. |
HI |
NUMBER(12,4) |
COST_UOM |
Alpha-numeric
|
4 |
N |
A cost UOM
is held to allow cost to be managed in a separate UOM to the standard UOM Default
to standard UOM (item_master) |
COST_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
LEAD_TIME |
Integer |
4 |
N |
This field
contains the number of days that will elapse between the date an order is
written and the delivery to the store or warehouse from the supplier. Default
from SUPS |
LEAD_TIME |
NUMBER(4) |
PACKING_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
This field
indicates whether the packing method of the item in the container is Flat or
Hanging. Values for this field are store in the PKMT code. Default
from System Options |
PACKING_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DEFAULT_UOP |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
Contains
the default unit of purchase for the item/supplier/country. Valid values include: Standard Units of Measure C for Case P for Pallet Default
= C |
DEFAULT_UOP |
VARCHAR2(6) |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This will hold the
supplier negotiated item cost for the primary delivery country of the item.
Once a location is associated with the item, the primary locations negotiated
item cost will be stored in this field. |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This will hold the
extended base cost for the primary delivery country of the item. Once a
location is associated with the item, the primary locations extended base
cost will be stored in this field. Extended base cost is the cost inclusive
of all the taxes that affect the WAC. In case of GTAX , Extended Base Cost =
Base Cost + Non-recoverable taxes. In case of VAT, Extended Base Cost = Base
Cost. |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This will hold the
inclusive cost for the primary delivery country of the item. Once a location
is associated with the item, the primary locations inclusive cost will be
stored in this field. This cost will have both the recoverable and non
recoverable taxes included. In case of GTAX , Inclusive Cost = Base Cost +
Non-recoverable taxes + Recoverable Taxes. In case of VAT, Inclusive Cost = Base Cost + VAT. |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
BASE_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This field will
hold the tax exclusive cost of the item. |
BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
Note: If a record is in the BAD or DISCARD file and the primary_supp_ind is NULL in the file, then the record must be populated with N to be loaded, or the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_ CREATE_ITEM_ISMC_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_supp_MANU_country
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.SUPPLIER is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.MANU_COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock Keeping Unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the
ITEM. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
MANU_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
ID of the country where the item is
manufactured or originates. |
MANU_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
PRIMARY_MANU_CTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
This field indicates whether this
country is the primary country of manufacture for the item/supplier. Each
item/supplier combination must have one and only one primary country of
manufacture. Valid values are Y or N. |
PRIMARY_MANU_CTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ISC_DIM_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_supp_country_dim
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§
Capture counts from ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM and
compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.DAT to ensure that all rows are
loaded.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.ITEM/SUPPLIER/
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID combination exists in ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.DIM_OBJECT is
a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = DIMO.
§
Ensure that
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.PRESENTATION_METHOD is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where
CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = PCKT.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.LWH_UOM is a
valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS = DIMEN.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.WEIGHT_UOM is
a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS = MASS.
§
Ensure that
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.LIQUID_VOLUME_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with
UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS = LVOL.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric
|
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric
|
3 |
Y |
ID of the country in which the item is
manufactured or originates. |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
DIM_OBJECT |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
Y |
Type of dimension object being defined.
Valid values exist in the code head/code details tables in RMS in code type
DIMO: EA Each IN Inner CA Case PA Pallet The
two-letter code should be included in the file. |
DIM_OBJECT |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRESENTATION_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
How
the product is presented. Valid values exist in the RMS code head/code
details tables with code type PCKT. |
PRESENTATION_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(6) |
LENGTH |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Length of the packaging used when
defining volume. This
field is not required but should be populated when the width, height, and
LWH_UOM are defined. |
LENGTH
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
WIDTH |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Width of the packaging used when
defining volume. This
field is not required but should be populated when the length, height, and
LWH_UOM are defined. |
WIDTH
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
HEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Height of the packaging used when
defining volume. This
field is not required but should be populated when the length, width, and
LWH_UOM are defined. |
HEIGHT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
LWH_UOM |
Alpha-numeric
|
4 |
N |
Unit of measure that the length,
height, and width values are defined in. This field is not required but should
be populated when the length, width, and height are defined. Default
from System Options. |
LWH_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
WEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Gross weight of the product. This field is not required but should
be populated in conjunction with the following values: NET_WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM TARE_WEIGHT TARE_TYPE |
WEIGHT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
NET_
WEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Net weight of the product. This field is not required but should
be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM, TARE_WEIGHT TARE_TYPE |
NET_ WEIGHT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
WEIGHT_UOM |
Alpha-numeric
|
4 |
N |
UOM by which the weight, net weight,
and tare weight are defined in. This field is not required but should
be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT NET_WEIGHT TARE_WEIGHT TARE_TYPE Default
from System Options. |
WEIGHT_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
LIQUID_VOLUME |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Liquid
volume of the item. This field is not required, but when used, should be used
in conjunction with the LIQUID_VOLUME_ |
LIQUID_VOLUME |
NUMBER(12,4) |
LIQUID_VOLUME_UOM |
Alpha-numeric
|
4 |
N |
Liquid
volume unit of measure. |
LIQUID_VOLUME_UOM
|
VARCHAR2(4) |
STAT_CUBE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Dimensions
of the statistical case. |
STAT_CUBE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TARE_WEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Weight of the tare. This field is not required but should
be populated in conjunction with the
following values: WEIGHT NET_WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM TARE_TYPE |
TARE_WEIGHT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TARE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
6 |
N |
Indicates
whether the tare is considered wet or dry.
Valid values are: D - Dry W - Wet This field is not required but should
be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT NET_WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM TARE_WEIGHT |
TARE_TYPE
|
VARCHAR2(6) |
File name: DC_ITEM_COUNTRY.DAT
Table
create SQL script: DBC_CREATE__COUNTRY_TAB.SQL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_supplier.ksh and will create the DC_ITEM_COUNTRY oracle external table
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the item. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Contains the unique code that
identifies the country. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
Required
file to load: dc_item_country.dat
File name: DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_COST_HEAD_TAB.SQL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_supplier.ksh and will create the DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Number |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the
SKU. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country where the item will be sourced
from by the supplier. |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country to which the item will be
delivered to. |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
PRIM_DLVY_CTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the country is the primary
delivery country of the item. |
PRIM_DLVY_CTRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
NIC_STATIC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the Negotiated Item Cost
(NIC) is static or not. If NIC is static then the BASE COST of the item will
vary based on the location/tax region. If NIC is not static then the
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST of the item will vary based on the location/tax region. |
NIC_STATIC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
BASE_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the tax exclusive cost
of the item. |
BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the supplier negotiated
item cost. |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the extended base cost
of the item. Extended base cost is the
cost inclusive of all the taxes that affect the WAC. |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the tax inclusive cost
of the item. This includes all cost-related taxes - both the recoverable and
non-recoverable taxes. |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
Required
file to load: dc_item_cost_head.dat
File name: DC_ITEM_COST_DETAIL.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_COST_DETAIL_TAB.SQL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_supplier.ksh and
will create the DC_ITEM_COST_DETAIL oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Number |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the
SKU |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country from where the item was
sourced. |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country to which the item will be
delivered to. |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
COND_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
The condition type applicable on the
item's cost. Condition can be a tax code or an expense or a type of a cost of
the item. |
COND_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
COND_VALUE |
Number |
20,4 |
N |
The condition value or tax amount per
of the corresponding condition. |
COND_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
APPLIED_ON |
Number |
20,4 |
N |
The value on which given tax is
applied. |
APPLIED_ON |
NUMBER(20,4) |
COMP_RATE |
Number |
20,10 |
N |
The rate of the condition applied. |
COMP_RATE |
NUMBER(20,10) |
Required
file to load: dc_item-cost_detail.dat
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_item_supplier.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_supplier external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_supplier table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER to ITEM_SUPPLIER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
N |
If NULL Lowest Supplier ID = Y, otherwise default = N Use analytic function. Note: The
table requires that all records contain primary_supp_ind
information, or all records can have this indicator set to NULL. |
PALLET_NAME |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
CASE_NAME |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
INNER_NAME |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_item_supplier.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_supp_country external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_supp_country table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY to ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
from item_supplier |
NA |
PRIMARY_COUNTRY_IND |
N |
If NULL First Alpha Country ID = Y Otherwise Default = N Use analytic function. |
ROUND_LVL |
from System Opt. |
If NULL. |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT |
from System Opt |
If NULL |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT |
from System Opt |
If NULL |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT |
from System Opt |
If NULL |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT |
from System Opt |
If NULL |
PACKING_METHOD |
from System Opt |
If NULL |
DEFAULT_UOP |
Case |
If NULL. |
LEAD_TIME |
from Sups |
If NULL |
COST_UOM |
Standard uom from item_master |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
NA |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
The value will be taken from
DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
The value will be taken from
DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
The value will be taken from DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
BASE_COST |
The value will be taken from
DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
Required
file to load: dc_item_supp_country.dat
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY
§ item
§ supplier
§ manu_country_id
§ primary_manu_ctry_ind
This function selects from the DC_ ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_supp_manu_country table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The function returns a Boolean value.
This function should do the following:
Insert the following columns into the item_country table:
§ item
§ country_id
This function selects from the dc_item_country external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_country table. It uses dc_item_country.item = item_master.item and dc_item_country.country_id = country.country_id to join the data to ensure that both the item and the country are valid. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table.
This function should do the following:
Insert the following columns into the item_cost_detail table:
§ item
§ supplier
§ origin_country_id
§ delivery_country_id
§ cond_type
§ cond_value
§ applied_on
§ comp_rate
This function selects from the dc_item_cost_head external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_cost_detail table. It uses dc_item_cost_detail.item = item_cost_head.item and dc_item_cost_detail.supplier = item_cost_head.supplier to join the data and to ensure that the parent entity ITEM_COST_HEAD exists. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table.
This function selects from the DC_PRICE_HIST external table and joins with ITEM_MASTER and RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF to insert data to the RPM RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE table.
The function retrieves the regular zone group ID for the department of the items in the DC_PRICE_HIST table and joins data with the ITEM_MASTER and RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF tables. It performs a bulk collect of this data and loops through the results to insert into the RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE table. For the insert/select, join DC_PRICE_HIST for each item and RPM_ZONE for the departments ZONE_GROUP_ID.
The following table indicates the values retrieved for data insert. This function uses the primary currency from the SYSTEM_OPTIONS table. If the zone currency and the primary currency are different, the function converts the UNIT_RETAIL to the zone currency.
DC_PRICE_HIST to RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_ZONE_PRICE_ID |
Use sequence |
N/A |
ITEM |
Dc_price_hist.item |
N/A |
ZONE_ID |
Rpm_zone.zone_id |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_RETAIL |
Dc_price_hist.unit_retail |
N/A |
STANDARD_
RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_UOM |
Dc_price_hist.uom |
N/A |
SELLING_RETAIL |
Dc_price_hist.unit_retail |
N/A |
SELLING_
RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
SELLING_UOM |
Dc_price_hist.uom |
N/A |
MULTI_UNIT_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
Required
file to load: dc_price_hist.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_supp_country_dim external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_supp_country_dim table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table listed above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM to ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
LWH_UOM |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
WEIGHT_UOM |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
Required file to load: dc_item_supp_country_dim.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for Item
Supplier, you must manually load the ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_BRACKET_COST
table. This table is required if the supplier has bracket costing.
Manual data loading can be done online
through Merchandising applications (RMS or RPM), or you can create scripts.
Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset.
Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your
data conversion needs.
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS/RPM tables,
listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_LOC
§ ITEM_LOC_SOH
§ RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL
§ ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_LOC
§ FUTURE_COST
§ PRICE_HIST
Note: Only data with corresponding RMS
ITEM_MASTER records are loaded. Additionally, only items with ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY
data are loaded into the ITEM_SUPP_COUNTY_LOC table.
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call
segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2
for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_item_location.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create script
dbc_create_item_loc_tab.sql.
§ External Oracle table create script dbc_create_item_loc_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Item Location functional area:
Data Flow for the Item Location Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset
for Item Location, you must complete data conversion for Items and Item
Supplier:
§ Fashion Items
§ Hardlines
§ Grocery Items
§ Pack Items
§ Item Supplier
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_item_location.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name, Data Type, and length define the physical external table.
File name: DC_ITEM_LOC.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_LOC_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_loc
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_location.ksh):
§
Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.SEASON_ID/PHASE_ID
combination exists in PHASES.
§
Ensure that ITEM_LOC.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that ITEM_LOC_SOH.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that ITEM_LOC.LOC is a valid
V_LOCATION.LOCATION_ID with V_LOCATION.STOCKHOLDING_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC_SOH.ITEM/LOC combination exists on ITEM_LOC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.ITEM_PARENT/ITEM)GRANDPARENT for the item are the same as ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT, ITEM_GRANDPARENT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.SELLING_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.PROMO_SELLING_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.MULTI_SELLING_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.SOURCE_WH is a valid WH.WH where STOCKHOLDING_IND = Y if ITEM_LOC.SOURCE_METHOD = W.
§ Ensure
that ITEM_LOC.PRIMARY_COST_PACK (if not NULL) is valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with
ITEM_MASTER.SIMPLE_PACK_IND = Y and that the ITEM_LOC.ITEM = PACKITEM.ITEM when
ITEM_LOC.PRIMARY_COST_PACK = PACKITEM.PACK_NO.
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Contains the unique
identifier for the Stock Keeping Unit (item, product, article) |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
LOCATION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Contains the identifier for
the store, warehouse, or external finisher. |
LOCATION |
NUMBER(10) |
LOC_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Defines the type of
location. Valid values are: S store W warehouse E external finisher |
LOC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRIMARY_LOC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Note: Not in the RMS table.
This is needed for inserting into item_supp_country_loc. Populate for all
item_locs or leave NULL for all item_locs Valid values are Y (to
indicate this is the primary location used for inserted into
item_supp_country_loc) and N (not the primary location). |
PRIMARY_LOC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Contains the current
selling unit retail for the item/location. This value should contain the
current regular unit retail or clearance unit retail but should not reflect
any promotional retails. This field is required for
sellable items, but not required for non-sellable items. This should be in location
currency. |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
SELLING_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Contains the unit of
measure that the current selling unit retail is defined in. Value values must
exist in the RMS UOM_CLASS table and a conversion must exist between the
items standard UOM and the selling UOM. To convert between UOMs in different
UOM classes Case type dimensions must be defined at the item/supp/country
level for the UOM. This field is required for
sellable items, but not required for non-sellable items. |
SELLING_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
TAXABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates if the item is
taxable at a store location. Defaults to N when NULL.
Any value passed in will be overwritten with an N value for warehouse
locations. |
TAXABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
LOCAL_SKU_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
May contain a location
specific description for the item which differs from the items primary
description. |
LOCAL_ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
LOCAL_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Contains a shortened
location specific description for the item. This field may be used by Point
of Sale systems or other systems where display space is limited. This value is defaulted to 120
characters of the local_item_desc when NULL. |
LOCAL_SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
TI |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Contains the number of
cartons on a layer of a pallet for the item/location (tiers). |
TI |
NUMBER(12,4) |
HI |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Contains the number of
layers on a pallet for the item/location (height). |
HI |
NUMBER(12,4) |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
This column contains the
case pack multiple in which this item needs to be shipped from a warehouse to
the location. |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
TICKET_MEAS_OF_EACH |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Contains the size of an
each in terms of the ticketing UOM. For example 12 oz. This value is used in
ticketing only. |
MEAS_OF_EACH |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TICKET_MEAS_OF_PRICE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size to be used on the
ticket in terms of the ticketing UOM. For example, to have a ticket label
print the price per ounce this value would be 1. To show the price per 100
grams this value would be 100. This value is used in ticketing only. |
MEAS_OF_PRICE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TICKET_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure that will
be used on tickets for this item. This value is used in conjunction with the
ticket measure of each and ticket measure of price fields. |
UOM_OF_PRICE |
VARCHAR2(4) |
PRIMARY_COST_PACK |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
N |
This field contains an item number that
is a simple pack containing the item in the item column for this record. If
populated, the cost of the future cost table will be driven from the simple
pack and the deals and cost changes for the simple pack. |
PRIMARY_COST_PACK |
VARCHAR2(25) |
INBOUND_HANDLING_DAYS |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Indicates the number of
days required to put away or cross dock an item at a warehouse. This value is used for
warehouse locations only. |
INBOUND_HANDLING_DAYS |
NUMBER(2) |
SOURCE_WH |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Required if SOURCE_METHOD =
W; null otherwise. This value is used when doing manual store-level
replenishment using the inventory request APIs. |
SOURCE_WH |
NUMBER(10) |
SOURCE_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Valid values are W
(warehouse) or S (supplier). Indicates how inventory for
this item is sourced to a store when doing manual store-level replenishment
using the inventory request APIs. |
SOURCE_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MULT_UNITS |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
If multi-unit pricing is
currently being used for this item/location this field will contain the
number of qualifying units. For example, if the item is multi-priced as 3 for
$25 this field will contain the 3. |
MULT_UNITS |
NUMBER(12,4) |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
If multi-unit pricing is
currently being used for this item/location this field will contain the
multi-retail price. For example, if the item is multi-priced as 3 for $25
this field will contain the $25. This should be in location
currency. |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
MULTI_SELLING_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
If multi-unit pricing is
currently being used for this item/location this field will contain the unit
of measure that the multi-unit retail is defined in terms of. |
MULTI_SELLING_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
AVERAGE_WEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This defines the nominal
weight for a simple pack catch weight item. Required for a simple pack
catch weight item. Null for all others. |
AVERAGE_WEIGHT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
UIN_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column will contain
the unique identification number (UIN) used to identify the instances of the
item at the location. |
UIN_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
UIN_LABEL |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column will contain
the label for the UIN when displayed in SIM. |
UIN_LABEL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CAPTURE_TIME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column indicates when
the UIN should be captured for an item during transaction processing. |
CAPTURE_TIME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
EXT_UIN_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Yes/No indicator to
indicate whether UIN is being generated in the external system. |
EXT_UIN_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_PRICE_HIST.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PRICE_HIST_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_price_hist
Note: The DC_price_hist table must have rows/records for item levels that are transaction level or above. There cannot be any data for below-transaction-level items.
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from PRICE_HIST where PRICE_HIST.TRAN_TYPE = 0 and PRICE_HIST.REASON = 0 and PRICE_HIST.LOC = 0, and compare to flat file DC_PRIC_HIST.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that PRICE_HIST.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM.MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UNIT_ |
Numeric |
20,4 |
Y |
Items current unit retail in the
systems primary currency. |
UNIT_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
SELLING_ |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Items current selling unit of measure
for the item. |
SELLING_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
Required file to load:
dc_item-cost_detail.dat
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_item_location.ksh script utilizes a common library file and
configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all
segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by
the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_loc external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_loc table. It joins the external table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included. This function performs two inserts, as follows:
§ The primary supplier and primary country fields are populated if the item is orderable. First, it populates the RMS item_loc table with the values from DC_ITEM_LOC joined with a virtual table that selects the primary supplier and the suppliers primary country for the item from the item_supp_country table. Also, it joins the table with item_master to get the order_as_type value for the receive_as_type column. This is populated only for buyer packs.
§ For the sellable only items, there is no primary supplier or primary country. This is done by limiting the insert to items that do not exist in the RMS item_supp_country table.
The following table defines the default value in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to ITEM_loc Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
TAXABLE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
CLEAR_IND |
N |
N/A |
STORE_PRICE_IND |
N |
N/A |
RPM_IND |
N |
N/A |
LOCAL_SHORT_DESC |
rtrim of substrb 120 char of local_item_desc. ITEM_MASTER.SHORT_DESC when
local_item_desc is null |
If NULL |
REGULAR_UNIT_RETAIL |
selling_unit_retail |
N/A |
UNIT_RETAIL |
selling_unit_retail |
N/A |
CREATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
STATUS_UPDATE_DATE |
Sysdate |
N/A |
STATUS |
A |
N/A |
LOCAL_ITEM_DESC |
Default to ITEM_DESC |
It will be populated with
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_DESC when it is null |
RECEIVE_AS_TYPE |
ITEM_MASTER.ORDER_AS_TYPE |
If item is a buyer pack, pack_type = B
and if the location is a warehouse, loc_type = W |
ITEM_PARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT |
N/A |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
N/A |
Required
file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_loc external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_loc_SOH table. It joins the external Oracle table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included. It joins the external table with item_master to insert only transactional items (item_level = tran_level). This function performs two inserts, as follows:
§ It joins with RMS item_supp_country and sups tables to get the unit_cost and supplier currency, to convert the unit_cost into location currency.
§ For sellable only items, it does not join with the RMS item_supp_country and sups tables. It creates an insert statement that excludes items that exist in item_supp_country and sets unit_cost to NULL.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to ITEM_loc_soh Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
CREATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
STOCK_ON_HAND |
0 |
N/A |
IN_TRANSIT_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_INTRAN |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_SOH |
0 |
N/A |
TSF_RESERVED_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_RESV |
0 |
N/A |
TSF_EXPECTED_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_EXP |
0 |
N/A |
RTV_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
NON_SELLABLE_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
CUSTOMER_RESV |
0 |
N/A |
CUSTOMER _BACKORDER |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_CUST_RESV |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_CUST_BACK |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_ NON_SELLABLE |
0 |
N/A |
ITEM_PARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT |
N/A |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
N/A |
AV_COST |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.unit_cost of the
primary supplier/primary country converted to location currency |
N/A |
PRIMARY_SUPP |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.supplier with
primary_supp_ind = Y for item |
N/A |
PRIMARY_CTRY |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.origin_country_id
with primary_supp_ind = Y and primary_country_ind = Y for item |
N/A |
AVERAGE_WEIGHT |
NULL |
Only defined if item is a simple pack
catch weight item. |
Required
file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_loc external table and inserts the data into the RPM rpm_future_retail table.
Many of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above map directly to the RPM table. The exception is to retrieve dept, class, and subclass values for each item from the item_master table. The currency code is retrieved from the store or wh table, based on the location and the location type.
The RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL table is loaded for sellable transaction level items only. Even though SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL and SELLING_UOM are not required fields in the DC_ITEM_LOC table, they are required for sellable items. Without the values, inserting into RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL table will fail.
Warehouse locations are conditionally inserted into the RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL table, based on the RPM system option RECOGNIZE_WH_AS_LOCATIONS. This uses one insert for stores and checks this system option before the insert for warehouses. Warehouses must be stockholding locations.
The following table defines the default values in the RPM table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_LOC to RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
FUTURE_RETAIL_ID |
Sequence |
N/A |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL_ |
selling_unit_retail_ |
Populate if multi_unit_retail is NOT
NULL |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL_ |
Lookup store or wh currency |
N/A |
ACTION_DATE |
Vdate |
N/A |
ZONE_NODE_TYPE |
If loc_type = S then 0 If loc_type = W then 2 |
N/A |
Required
file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in RPM_STAGE_ITEM_LOC:
§ stage_item_loc_id
§ item
§ loc
§ loc_type
§ selling_unit_retail
§ selling_uom
§ status
§ create_date
This function selects from the DC_ ITEM_LOC external table joined with the item_master table and inserts the data to the RPM rpm_stage_item_loc table.
Warehouse locations are conditionally inserted into RPM_STAGE_ITEM_LOC based on the RPM system option, RECOGNIZE_WH_AS_LOCATIONS. Use 1 insert for stores and check this system option before the insert for warehouses. Warehouse must be stockholding locations.
Required file to load:
dc_item_loc.dat
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in RMS ITEM_supp_country_loC:
§ item
§ supplier
§ origin_country_id
§ loc
§ loc_type
§ unit_cost
§ round_lvl
§ round_to_inner_pct
§ round_to_case_pct
§ round_to_layer_pct
§ round_to_pallet_pct
§ pickup_lead_time
§ create_datetime
§ last_update_id
§ last_update_datetime
§ negotiated_item_cost
§ extended_base_cost
§ inclusive_cost
§ base_cost
The DC_ ITEM_LOC external Oracle table is joined with the RMS item_supp_country table and with item_cost_head table to insert data into the RMS item_supp_country_loc table for the items primary supplier/primary country. The function also joins the external Oracle table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_LOC to ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_LOC Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
PICKUP_LEAD_TIME |
lead_time |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
PRIMARY_LOC_IND |
|
If NULL, lowest loc ID = Y, otherwise default = N. Use analytic function. The table requires that all records contain primary_loc_ind information, or all records can have this
indicator set to NULL. |
ROUND_LVL |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
Required
file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function selects from the DC_ITEM_LOC external table, joined with the RMS item_supp_country_loc table, and inserts data into the RMS future_cost table for the items primary supplier/primary country. Data is inserted into the RMS_FUTURE_COST table for sellable items only.
This function uses the unit_cost from the RMS item_supp_country_loc table as the value for all the cost columns. It joins the external table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to future_cost Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ACTIVE_DATE |
vdate |
N/A |
START_IND |
Y |
N/A |
CALC_DATE |
vdate |
N/A |
Required
file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
Insert the following column values in PRICE_HIST.
§ tran_type
§ reason
§ item
§ loc
§ loc_type
§ unit_cost
§ unit_retail
§ selling_unit_retail
§ selling_uom
§ action_date
§ multi_units
§ multi_unit_retail
§ multi_selling_uom
This function selects from the DC_ ITEM_LOC external table joined with PRICE_HIST for the items 0 loc record to insert the data to the RMS price_hist table for each item/location combination. The unit_cost is in the primary currency in the 0 PRICE_HIST record so it needs to be converted to local currency. Retrieve the currency_code from the store or wh table based on the location and the loc_type. Retrieve only stockholding warehouses.This function selects from the DC_ITEM_LOC external table, joined with the RMS price_hist table for the 0 tran_type, 0 reason, and 0 location record, to insert data into the RMS price_hist table for each item/location combination.
The unit_cost is already in the primary currency for the 0 PRICE_HIST record, so it must be converted to local currency. The function retrieves the currency_code from the RMS store or wh table, based on the location and the loc_type. It retrieves only stockholding warehouses. This function performs the following inserts:
§ The location currency (store/wh) is equal to the primary currency
§ The location currency is different from the primary currency, so it requires the conversion function to convert unit_cost.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to price_hist Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
MULTI_SELLING_UOM |
selling_uom |
If NULL |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL |
unit_retail |
If NULL |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL |
unit_retail |
If NULL |
ACTION_DATE |
vdate |
N/A |
TRAN_TYPE |
0 |
N/A |
REASON |
0 |
N/A |
Required
file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ UDA_ITEM_DATE
§ UDA_ITEM_FF
§ VAT_ITEM (only if the default_tax_type is
not GTAX)
§ ITEM_SEASONS
§ ITEM_TICKET
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_item_other.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load
scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
dbc_create_uda_item_lov.sql
dbc_create_uda_item_date.sql
dbc_create_uda_item_ff.sql
dbc_create_vat_item.sql
dbc_create_item_seasons.sql
dbc_create_item_ticket.sql
dbc_create_related_item_head.sql
dbc_create_related_item_detail.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the ItemsOthers functional area:
Data Flow for the Items Other Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset
for Item Others, you must complete data conversion for Items, Item Supplier,
and Item Location:
§ Fashion Items
§ Hardlines
§ Grocery Items
§ Pack Items
§ Item Supplier
§ Item Location
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must created in the order listed.
The dc_load_item_other.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain
carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_uda_item_lov.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_uda_item_lov_TAB.SQL
External Oracle
table created: DC_uda_item_lov
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_LOV.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_LOV.UDA_ID/UDA_VALUE
combination exists in UDA_VALUES.
§ Ensure
that any UDA_ITEM_LOV.ITEM with a UDA_ITEM_LOV.UDA_ID where UDA.SINGE_VALUE_IND
= Y has no other UDA_ITEM_LOV rows.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with the user-defined attribute (UDA).
Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
UDA associated with the item, where the UDA is a list of values (UDA
has a display_type of LV). Valid values come from the uda_id
field in the dc_uda.dat file. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_VALUE |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
List of values value of the UDA. Valid values come from the uda_value
field in the uda_values table
in RMS for the UDA_ID in this file. |
UDA_VALUE |
NUMBER(3) |
File name: DC_uda_item_date.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_uda_item_date_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_uda_item_date
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DATE.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM, where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DATE.UDA_ID is a valid
UDA.UDA_ID with UDA.DISPLAY_TYPE of DT.
§
Ensure that any UDA_ITEM_DATE.ITEM with a
UDA_ITEM_DATE.UDA_ID where UDA.SINGE_VALUE_IND = Y has no other UDA_ITEM_DATE
rows.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric
|
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with
UDA. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
User-defined attribute associated with
the item, where the UDA is a date (UDA has a display_type of DT). Valid values come from the uda_id field in the dc_uda.dat file. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_DATE |
Date |
9 |
Y |
Date value associated with the UDA. Valid values are dates in the date format. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example,
02JAN2011). |
UDA_DATE |
DATE |
File name: DC_uda_item_ff.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_uda_item_ff_TAB.SQL
External
Oracle table created: DC_uda_item_ff
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_FF.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_FF.UDA_ID is a valid
UDA.UDA_ID with UDA.DISPLAY_TYPE of FF.
§
Ensure that any UDA_ITEM_FF.ITEM with
UDA_ITEM_FF.UDA_ID, where UDA.SINGE_VALUE_IND = Y, has no other UDA_ITEM_FF
rows.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with
UDA. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
User-defined attribute associated with
the item, where the UDA is free-form text (UDA has a display_type of FF). Valid values come from the uda_id field in the dc_uda.dat file. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_TEXT |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Text value associated with the UDA. |
UDA_TEXT |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_vat_item.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_vat_item_TAB.SQL
External
Oracle table created: DC_vat_item
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh) when default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used) and will create the DC_VAT_ITEM oracle external table):
§
Ensure that VAT_ITEM.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that VAT_ITEM.VAT_REGION is a valid
VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION.
§
Ensure that VAT_ITEM.VAT_CODE/VAT_RATE is a
valid combination in VAT_CODE_RATES, where VAT_ITEM.ACTIVE_DATE >=
VAT_CODE_RATES.ACTIVE_DATE, and no other row on VAT_CODE_RATES exists for the
combination with a greater ACTIVE_DATE that is still <=
VAT_ITEM.ACTIVE_DATE.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with the
VAT region. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
VAT_ |
INTEGER |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of VAT region associated
with the item. Valid values come from the vat_region
field in the dc_vat_region.dat file. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the VAT rate is used
for purchasing (cost), selling (retail), or both. Valid values are from the
VTTP code type: C, R, or B. |
VAT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of value-added tax
code, used to determine which items are subject to VAT. Valid values are: S - Standard C - Composite Z - Zero E - Exempt Valid values come from the vat_code column in the
dc_vat_codes.dat file. |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
VAT_ |
Numeric |
20,10 |
Y |
Rate of the VAT for the item/ VAT
region combination. Valid values come from the VAT_RATE
column in the dc_vat_code_rates.dat file. These values exist in the
VAT_CODE_RATES table. |
VAT_RATE |
NUMBER(20,10) |
ACTIVE_DATE |
Date |
9 |
Y |
Date the item/VAT region combination is
active. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example,
02JAN2011). |
ACTIVE_DATE |
DATE |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the
Item in the department is subject to reverse charge VAT. Valid values are Y
or N. |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_item_seasons.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_item_seasons_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_Seasons
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§
Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.SEASON_ID/PHASE_ID
combination exists in PHASES.
§
Capture count from ITEM_SEASONS and compare to
flat file DC_ITEM_SEASONS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field
Name |
Data
Type |
Max
Length |
|
Description |
Field
Name |
Data
Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric
|
25 |
Y |
Item number of item. Valid values are
any item from the item files: style, sku,
or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SEASON_ID |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Identifier of the product season
associated to the item. Valid values are from the season_id field of the Seasons table in RMS. |
SEASON_ID |
NUMBER(3) |
PHASE_ID |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Identifier of the season phase
associated with the item. Valid values are from the phase_id field from the Phases table in RMS, for the given season_id. |
PHASE_ID |
NUMBER(3) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
File name: DC_item_ticket.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_item_ticket_TAB.SQL
External
Oracle table created: DC_item_ticket
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§
Ensure that ITEM_TICKET.ITEM is a valid
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM, where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§
Ensure that ITEM_TICKET.TICKET_TYPE_ID is a
valid TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.TICKET_TYPE_ID.
§
Capture the count from ITEM_TICKET and compare
to flat file DC_ITEM_TICKET.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item. Valid values are
any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of ticket or label
type associated with item. Valid values are from the
TICKET_TYPE_ID field in the DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD file. |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
PRINT_ON_PC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates
whether this type of ticket should be printed for
this item when a permanent price change goes into effect. Valid values are Y and N. If no value
is specified in the file, the value defaults to N. |
PRINT_ON_PC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PO_PRINT_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
When the ticket type for the given item
should be printed, upon the approval or receipt of the purchase order. Valid values are A and R. |
PO_PRINT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ADDL_OVER_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Additional percentage of tickets that
should be printed for a given event. For example, if the event is receiving a
purchase order, this field holds the percentage of tickets greater than the
purchase order quantity that should be printed. If no value is specified in the file,
the value defaults to the value from the ticket_over_pct field in the RMS
system_options table. |
TICKET_OVER_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
File name: DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_other.ksh and will create the DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
Integer |
20 |
Y |
Unique identifier for each relationship header. |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
NUMBER(20) |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item for which the relationships are defined. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2 (25) |
RELATIONSHIP_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
255 |
Y |
Name given to the relationship. |
RELATIONSHIP_NAME |
VARCHAR2 (255) |
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Describes the type of relationship. Values are
configured in code_detail table under code_type IREL. |
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
MANDATORY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the relationship is mandatory. |
MANDATORY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_other.ksh and will create the DC_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
Integer |
20 |
Y |
Unique identifier for each relationship header. |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
NUMBER(20) |
RELATED_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item id of the related item. |
RELATED_ITEM |
VARCHAR2 (25) |
PRIORITY |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Applicable only in case of relationship type
SUBS. In case of multiple related substitute items, this column could be used
(optional) to define relative priority. |
PRIORITY |
NUMBER(4) |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
11 |
N |
From this date related item can be used on
transactions. |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
DATE |
END_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
11 |
N |
Till this date related item can be used on
transactions. A value of null means that it is effective forever. |
END_DATE |
DATE |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_item_other.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA_ITEM_LOV external table and inserts the data to the RMS UDA_ITEM_LOV table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_LOV to UDA_ITEM_LOV Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle
User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the
system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system
date. |
Required
file to load: dc_uda_item_lov.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA_ITEM_DATE external table and inserts the data to the RMS UDA_ITEM_DATE table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_DATE to UDA_ITEM_DATE Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This
defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
SYSDATE |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS.
This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
SYSDATE |
Date/time the record
was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required
file to load: dc_uda_item_date.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_uda_item_ff external table and inserts the data to the RMS uda_item_ff table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_FF to UDA_ITEM_FF Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in
RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified
in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in
RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required
file to load: dc_uda_item_ff.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_vat_item external table and inserts the data to the RMS vat_item table. If system_options vat_ind is equal to Y and default tax type is NOT GTAX (i.e. SVAT is used), this function selects from the DC_VAT_ITEM and loads directly into the RMS vat_item table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_VAT_ITEM and the defaults to be used for them. If no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_vat_item to vat_item Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in
RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified
in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in
RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_ID |
Current user id |
User who created the record in RMS.
This defaults to the Oracle User. |
CREATE_DATE |
sysdate |
Date the record was created in RMS.
This defaults to the system date. |
Required
file to load: dc_vat_item.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_seasons external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_seasons table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SEASONS to ITEM_SEASONS Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in
RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified
in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in
RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
ITEM_SEASON_SEQ_NO |
Sequence generated |
Sequence is per item. |
Required
file to load: dc_item_seasons.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_ticket external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_ticket table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_TICKET to ITEM_TICKET Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in
RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified
in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in
RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
PRINT_ON_PC_IND |
N |
If no value is specified in the file,
the value defaults to N. |
TICKET_OVER_PCT |
System_options.
ticket_over_pct |
If no value is specified in the file,
the value defaults to the value from the ticket_over_pct
field in system_options. |
Required
file to load: dc_item_ticket.dat
This function selects from the DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD and loads directly into the RMS related_item_head table. All the columns are loaded from the external table itself.The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load:
dc_related_item_head.dat
This function selects from the DC_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL and loads directly into the RMS related_item_detail table. All the columns are loaded from the external table itself.The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_related_item_detail.dat
This chapter describes the Multiple Sets of Books (MSOB) data conversion. Data must be loaded in this order:
§ Partner - Organization Unit
§ Transfer Entity Organization Unit Set of Books
Before
you begin using the data conversion toolset for Multiple Sets of Books, you
must complete data conversion for the Core functional area (dc_load_core.ksh).
You also must run the dc_load_partner.ksh script for external finishers for
multiple sets of books.
This section describes data conversion for
the RMS PARTNER_ORG_UNIT table. The following programs are included in
this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_partner_org_unit.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table
create and load script listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts: dbc_create_partner_org_unit_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the MSOB Partner Organization Unit functional area:
Data Flow for MSOB Partner Organization Unit Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage
returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
|
PARTNER |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Supplier
or Supplier site ID. |
PARTNER |
VARCHAR2(10) |
|
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Organization
Unit ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
|
PARTNER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
Y |
Type
of partner (S for Supplier, U for Supplier Site). |
PARTNER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
PRIMARY_PAY_SITE |
Alpha-numeric
|
1 |
N |
Primary
payment site indicator. |
PRIMARY_PAY_SITE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT external table and inserts the data to the RMS PARTNER_ORG_UNIT table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The following fields are required:
§ PARTNER
§ ORG_UNIT_ID
§ PARTNER_TYPE
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_partner_org_unit.dat
This section describes data conversion for
the RMS TFS_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB table. The following programs are included in
this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_msob_info.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_msob.info.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table
create and load script listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts: dbc_create_tsf_entity_org_unit_sob_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the MSOB Transfer Entity Organization Unit Set of Books functional area:
Data Flow for the MSOB Transfer Entity Organization Unit Set of Books Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage
returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an
indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB
Suggested
post-loading validation: Ensure that
the combination of
TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB.TSF_ENTITY_ID and ORG_UNIT_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Transfer
Entity ID. |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Organization
Unit ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Set
of Books ID. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT external table and inserts the data to the RMS TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
All fields are required:
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required
file to load: dc_partner_org_unit.dat
Additional tables can be loaded for each of the functional areas handled by this data conversion toolset. Populating these tables is optional and based on your own business operational needs.
Note: Data conversion for these optional tables must be performed manually. These tables must be loaded after successful conversion of all data as described in the preceding chapters. This is because these optional tables have data referential integrities across functional areas.
The following sections list the optional tables for each of the functional area included in this data conversion toolset. Tables should be loaded in the order that they are listed.
§ DIFF_RATIO_HEAD
§ DIFF_RATIO_DETAIL
§ SOURCE_DLVRY_SCHED
§ SOURCE_DLVRY_SCHED_DAYS
§ SOURCE_DLVRY_SCHED_EXC
§ STOP_SHIP
§ TRANSIT_TIMES
There is no additional data to be loaded manually.
§ STORE_ATTRIBUTES
§ WH_ATTRIBUTES
§ STORE_SHIP_DATE
§ WH_DEPT
§ WH_DEPT_EXPL
§ WH_BLACKOUT
§ WH_STORE_ASSIGN
§ SUP_ATTRIBUTES
§ SUP_INV_MGMT
§ SUP_REPL_DAY
§ SUPP_PREISSUE
§ SUPS_MIN_FAIL
§ PACK_TMPL_HEAD
§ PACK_TMPL_DETAIL
§ ITEM_ATTRIBUTES
§ ITEM_SUPP_UOM
§ ITEM_LOC_TRAITS
§ SUB_ITEMS_HEAD
§ SUB_ITEMS_DETAIL
§ ITEM_FORECAST
§ REPL_ITEM_LOC
§ REPL_DAY
§ MASTER_REPL_ATTR
This chapter describes data conversion
for the
§ WH
§ STORE
§ SUPS
§ ITEM_COUNTRY
§ ENTITY_CNAE_CODES
§ PARTNER
Brazil Localization data conversion scripts load Brazil-specific fiscal attributes for the business entities to RMS. Brazil fiscal attributes are defined as L10N flexible attributes in RMS utilizing RMSs LFAS infra-structure (Localization Flexible Attribute Solution). Prior to running the Brazil-specific data conversion scripts, flex attributes must be defined for the business entity (for example, Item-Country) for the country of Brazil; staging tables (for example, STG_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR) must be generated based on the flex attribute definition.
The Brazil-specific data conversion scripts will first load the data in the .dat file into the corresponding staging tables and then call a base RMS package function (L10N_FLEX_API_SQL.INSERT_L10N_EXT_TBL) to move the data from the staging tables to the corresponding base RMS entity extension tables (for example, ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT) based on the flex field definition.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ENTITY_CNAE_CODES_BR_TAB.SQL The SQL script is called by the external Oracle table created: DC_ENTITY_CNAE_CODES_BR
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
Alphanumeric |
10 |
Y |
Contains the unique supplier/store/warehouse/company/outside
location/partner. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
KEY_VALUE_2 |
Alphanumeric |
6 |
Y |
This will contain the type of module when the module is
'PTNR'/'OUTLOC' else it will be null. |
KEY_VALUE_2 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
MODULE |
Alphanumeric |
4 |
Y |
Contains the type of the module. 'SUP' for Supplier, 'PTNR' for
partner etc. |
MODULE |
VARCHAR2(4) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
Y |
Contains the unique code that identifies the country where the entity
belongs. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
CNAE_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
9 |
Y |
These are the set of codes published by the fiscal authorities.
Certain tax are calculated by MTR on basis of these codes. |
CNAE_CODE |
VARCHAR2(9) |
PRIMARY_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
Y |
'Y' means it is a primary cnae code and 'N' means it is not a primary
cnae code. |
PRIMARY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Required
file to load: dc_entity_cnae_codes_br.dat
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
1. Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables.
2. Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in ENTITY_CNAE_CODES
§ key_value_1
§ key_value_2
§ module
§ country_id
§ cnae_code
§ primary_ind
This function selects from the
DC_ENTITY_CNAE_CODES_BR and loads directly into the RMS entity_cnae_codes
table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will
directly map to the RMS table. The function returns a Boolean value.
File name: DC_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR_TAB.SQL The SQL script is called by the external Oracle table created: DC_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
Y |
Alphanumeric value which identifies the item. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
Y |
Id of the Country |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
SERVICE_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Service Item |
SERVICE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ORIGIN_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
6 |
N |
Merchandise Origin |
ORIGIN_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CLASSIFICATION_ID |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
N |
NCM |
CLASSIFICATION_ID |
VARCHAR2(25) |
NCM_CHAR_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
N |
NCM Characteristic |
NCM_CHAR_CODE |
VARCHAR2(25) |
EX_IPI |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
N |
EX IPI |
EX_IPI |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PAUTA_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
N |
Pauta |
PAUTA_CODE |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SERVICE_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
N |
Service Code |
SERVICE_CODE |
VARCHAR2(25) |
FEDERAL_SERVICE |
Alphanumeric |
25 |
N |
Federal Service |
FEDERAL_SERVICE |
VARCHAR2(25) |
Required
file to load: dc_item_country_l10n_ext_br.dat
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
1. Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables
2. Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in Brazil-specific staging table STG_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR and move the data from the staging table to the base RMS L10N extension table (ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT):
§ process_id
§ item
§ country_id
§ service_ind
§ origin_code
§ classification_id
§ ncm_char_code
§ ex_ipi
§ pauta_code
§ service_code
§
federal_service
This function selects from the DC_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR and loads directly into the Brazil-specific staging table stg_item_country_l10n_ext_br table. It then calls function L10N_FLEX_API_SQL.INSERT_L10N_EXT_TBL to move the data from the staging table to the base RMS L10N extension table (ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_BR and the defaults to be used for them. The function returns a Boolean value.
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROCESS_ID |
|
A sequence C_ITEM_COUNTRY_L10N_EXT_SEQ defined in the script
will insert the values into process_id column. |
File name: DC_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_BR_TAB.SQL The SQL script is called by the external Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_BR.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PARTNER_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
6 |
Y |
Specifies the type of partner. |
PARTNER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_ID |
Alphanumeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifying number for a partner within the system |
PARTNER_ID |
VARCHAR2(10) |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Taxpayer type |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ADDR_1 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_2 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_3 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Neighborhood |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
VARCHAR2(240) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
10 |
N |
City |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
STATE |
Alphanumeric |
5 |
N |
State |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(5) |
COUNTRY |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
N |
Country |
COUNTRY |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
30 |
N |
Postal Code |
POSTAL_CODE |
VARCHAR2(30) |
CPF |
Alphanumeric |
11 |
N |
Individual Taxpayer |
CPF |
VARCHAR2(11) |
CNPJ |
Alphanumeric |
14 |
N |
Corporate Taxpayer |
CNPJ |
VARCHAR2(14) |
NIT |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
NIT |
NIT |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SUFRAMA |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
SUFRAMA |
SUFRAMA |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IM |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
City Inscription |
IM |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IE |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
State Inscription |
IE |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IPI_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
IPI Contributor |
IPI_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ICMS Contributor |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IE_EXEMPT |
Alphanumeric |
7 |
N |
State Inscription Exempt |
IE_EXEMPT |
VARCHAR2(7) |
Required
file to load: dc_ partner_l10n_ext_br.dat
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
1. Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables
2. Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function selects from the DC_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_BR and loads directly into the RMS stg_partner_l10n_ext_br table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_BR and the defaults to be used for them The function returns a Boolean value.
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROCESS_ID |
|
A sequence C_PARTNER_L10N_EXT_SEQ defined in the script will
take care of inserting the values into process_id column. |
PIS_CONTRIB_IND |
|
Will be either Yes or No |
COFINS_CONTRIB_IND |
|
Will be either Yes or No |
File name: DC_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_BR_TAB.SQL The SQL script is called by the external Oracle table created: DC_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_BR
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE |
Number |
10 |
Y |
Store |
STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Taxpayer type |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ADDR_1 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_2 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_3 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Neighborhood |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
VARCHAR2(240) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
10 |
N |
City |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
STATE |
Alphanumeric |
5 |
N |
State |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(5) |
COUNTRY |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
N |
Country |
COUNTRY |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
30 |
N |
Postal Code |
POSTAL_CODE |
VARCHAR2(30) |
CPF |
Alphanumeric |
11 |
N |
Individual Taxpayer |
CPF |
VARCHAR2(11) |
CNPJ |
Alphanumeric |
14 |
N |
Corporate Taxpayer |
CNPJ |
VARCHAR2(14) |
NIT |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
NIT |
NIT |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SUFRAMA |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
SUFRAMA |
SUFRAMA |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IM |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
City Inscription |
IM |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IE |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
State Inscription |
IE |
VARCHAR2(250) |
ISS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ISS Contributor |
ISS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RURAL_PROD_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Rural Producer |
RURAL_PROD_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IPI_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
IPI Contributor |
IPI_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ICMS Contributor |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MATCH_OPR_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
6 |
N |
Matching Operation Type |
MATCH_OPR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CONTROL_REC_ST_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Control Recovery of ST |
CONTROL_REC_ST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IE_EXEMPT |
Alphanumeric |
7 |
N |
State Inscription Exempt |
IE_EXEMPT |
VARCHAR2(7) |
Required
file to load: dc_store_add_l10n_ext_br.dat
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
1. Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables
2. Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function selects from the DC_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_BR and loads
directly into the RMS stg_store_add_l10n_ext_br table. All the columns from the
external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The
table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_BR and the
defaults to be used for them The function returns a Boolean value.
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROCESS_ID |
|
A sequence C_STORE_ADD_L10N_EXT_SEQ defined in the script will take
care of inserting the values into process_id column. |
PIS_CONTRIB_IND |
|
Will be either Yes or No |
COFINS_CONTRIB_IND |
|
Will be either Yes or No |
File name: DC_SUPS_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_ CREATE_SUPS_L10N_EXT_BR_TAB.SQL The SQL script is called by the external Oracle table created: DC_SUPS_L10N_EXT_BR
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER |
Number |
10 |
Y |
Supplier |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Taxpayer type |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ADDR_1 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_2 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_3 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Neighborhood |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
VARCHAR2(240) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
10 |
N |
City |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
STATE |
Alphanumeric |
5 |
N |
State |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(5) |
COUNTRY |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
N |
Country |
COUNTRY |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
30 |
N |
Postal Code |
POSTAL_CODE |
VARCHAR2(30) |
CPF |
Alphanumeric |
11 |
N |
Individual Taxpayer |
CPF |
VARCHAR2(11) |
CNPJ |
Alphanumeric |
14 |
N |
Corporate Taxpayer |
CNPJ |
VARCHAR2(14) |
NIT |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
NIT |
NIT |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SUFRAMA |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
SUFRAMA |
SUFRAMA |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IM |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
City Inscription |
IM |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IE |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
State Inscription |
IE |
VARCHAR2(250) |
ISS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ISS Contributor |
ISS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIMPLES_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
SIMPLES Contributor |
SIMPLES_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ST_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ST Contributor |
ST_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RURAL_PROD_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Rural Producer |
RURAL_PROD_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IPI_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
IPI Contributor |
IPI_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ICMS Contributor |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PIS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
PIS Contributor |
PIS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COFINS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Cofins Contributor |
COFINS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IE_EXEMPT |
Alphanumeric |
7 |
N |
State Inscription Exempt |
IE_EXEMPT |
VARCHAR2(7) |
Required
file to load: dc_sups_l10n_ext_br.dat
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
1. Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables
2. Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load
functions that are included in the load script.
This function selects from the DC_SUPS_L10N_EXT_BR and loads directly into the RMS stg_sups_l10n_ext_br table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. . The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_SUPS_L10N_EXT_BR and the defaults to be used for them. The function returns a Boolean value.
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROCESS_ID |
|
A sequence C_SUPS_L10N_EXT_SEQ defined in the script will insert
the values into process_id column. |
File name: DC_WH_L10N_EXT_BR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WH_L10N_EXT_BR_TAB The SQL script is called by the external Oracle table created: DC_WH_L10N_EXT_BR
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
|
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WH |
Number |
10 |
Y |
Warehouse |
WH |
NUMBER(10) |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Taxpayer type |
TAXPAYER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ADDR_1 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_2 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_3 |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Address |
ADDR_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
Alphanumeric |
240 |
N |
Neighborhood |
NEIGHBORHOOD |
VARCHAR2(240) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
10 |
N |
City |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
STATE |
Alphanumeric |
5 |
N |
State |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(5) |
COUNTRY |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
N |
Country |
COUNTRY |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alphanumeric |
30 |
N |
Postal Code |
POSTAL_CODE |
VARCHAR2(30) |
CPF |
Alphanumeric |
11 |
N |
Individual Taxpayer |
CPF |
VARCHAR2(11) |
CNPJ |
Alphanumeric |
14 |
N |
Corporate Taxpayer |
CNPJ |
VARCHAR2(14) |
NIT |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
NIT |
NIT |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SUFRAMA |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
SUFRAMA |
SUFRAMA |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IM |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
City Inscription |
IM |
VARCHAR2(250) |
IE |
Alphanumeric |
250 |
N |
State Inscription |
IE |
VARCHAR2(250) |
ISS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ISS Contributor |
ISS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RURAL_PROD_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Rural Producer |
RURAL_PROD_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IPI_IND |
Alphanumeric |
3 |
N |
IPI Contributor |
IPI_IND |
VARCHAR2(3) |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
ICMS Contributor |
ICMS_CONTRIB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MATCH_OPR_TYPE |
Alphanumeric |
6 |
N |
Matching Operation Type |
MATCH_OPR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CONTROL_REC_ST_IND |
Alphanumeric |
1 |
N |
Control Recovery of ST |
CONTROL_REC_ST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IE_EXEMPT |
Alphanumeric |
7 |
N |
State Inscription Exempt |
IE_EXEMPT |
VARCHAR2(7) |
Required
file to load: dc_wh_l10n_ext_br.dat
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
1. Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables
2. Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function selects from the DC_WH_L10N_EXT_BR and loads directly into the RMS stg_wh_l10n_ext_br table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_WH_L10N_EXT_BR and the defaults to be used for them. The function returns a Boolean value.
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROCESS_ID |
|
A sequence C_WH_L10N_EXT_SEQ
defined in the script will take care of inserting the values into process_id
column. |
PIS_CONTRIB_IND |
|
Will be either Yes or No |
COFINS_CONTRIB_IND |
|
Will be either Yes or No |
This appendix describes the scripts
used to load seed data at the time of installation.
The following table outlines data installation scripts supplied by Oracle and
the tables populated by these scripts. Note that some tables populated by these
scripts may be modified for final configuration, or updated with additional
values prior to implementation.
Script Name |
Scripts/Packages Called |
Tables Inserted |
RIBDATA.SQL |
Calls ALL_RIB_TABLE_VALUES.SQL to insert into the tables. |
RIB_ERRORS RIB_LANG RIB_TYPE_SETTINGS RIB_SETTINGS |
Calls RIB_DOCTYPES.SQL, which launches
a SQL loader session to insert into the tables. |
RIB_DOCTYPES |
|
RMSUOM.SQL |
NA |
UOM_CLASS |
RMSCOUNTRIES.SQL |
NA |
COUNTRY |
RMSSTATES.SQL |
NA |
STATE |
RMSCURRENCIES. |
NA |
CURRENCIES |
STATICIN.SQL |
Inserts directly into the tables. |
SYSTEM_OPTIONS ADD_TYPE ADD_TYPE_MODULE COST_CHG_REASON DUMMY DEAL_COMP_TYPE DOC_LINK DYNAMIC_HIER_CODE INV_STATUS_TYPES INV_STATUS_CODES LANG MC_REJECTION_REASONS ORDER_TYPES SAFETY_STOCK_LOOKUP TRAN_DATA_CODES TRAN_DATA_CODES_REF TSF_TYPE VEHICLE_ROUND COST_ZONE_GROUP |
Calls ELC_COMP_PRE_HTSUPLD.SQL to
insert into the tables. |
CVB_HEAD ELC_COMP |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
VAT_REGION VAT_CODES VAT_CODE_RATES |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
ADD_TYPE |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
ADD_TYPE_MODULE |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL. |
UNIT_OPTIONS |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
CVB_HEAD CVB_DETAIL |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
ELC_COMP |
|
ADD_FILTER_POLICY.SQL |
Calls the DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY function to implement fine-grained
access control. |
|
NAVIGATE.SQL |
NA |
NAV_ELEMENT NAV_SERVER NAV_COMPONENT EVIEW NAV_ICON |
NAVROLE.SQL |
NA |
NAV_ELEMENT_MODE_ROLE |
CODES.SQL |
NA |
CODE_HEAD CODE_DETAIL CODE_DETAIL_TRANS |
POPULATE_SEC_ |
NA |
SEC_FORM_ACTION |
RESTART.SQL |
NA |
RESTART_PROGRAM_STATUS RESTART_CONTROL+C11 |
RTK_ERRORS.SQL |
NA |
RTK_ERRORS |
RTK_REPORTS.SQL |
NA |
RTK_REPORTS |
TL_COLUMNS.SQL |
NA |
TL_COLUMNS |
WIZARD.SQL |
NA |
WIZARD_TEXT |
CONTEXT.SQL |
NA |
CONTEXT_HELP |
POPULATE_FORM_ |
NA |
FORM_LINKS |
POPULATE_FORM_ |
NA |
FORM_LINKS_ROLE |
UOM_X_ |
NA |
UOM_X_CONVERSION |
VAR_UPC_EAN_ |
NA |
VAR_UPC_EAN |
MULTIVIEW_DATA. |
NA |
MULTIVIEW_SAVED_45 MULTIVIEW_DEFAULT_45 |
RMSUOMCONV1.SQL |
NA |
UOM_CONVERSION |
RMSUOMCONV2.SQL |
NA |
UOM_CONVERSION |
CALENDAR.SQL |
NA |
HALF CALENDAR SYSTEM_VARIABLES PERIOD |
SA_SYSTEM_ |
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL to insert into the tables. |
POS_TENDER_TYPE_HEAD SA_CC_VAL SA_REFERENCE SA_ERROR_CODES SA_EXPORT_OPTIONS SA_ERROR_IMPACT |
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls
SA_REALM_TYPE.SQL to insert into SA_REALM_TYPE table. |
SA_REALM_TYPE |
|
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls
SA_REALM.SQL to insert into SA_REALM table. |
SA_REALM |
|
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls
SA_PARM_TYPE.SQL to insert into SA_PARM_TYPE table. |
SA_PARM_TYPE |
|
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls
SA_PARM.SQL to insert into SA_PARM table. |
SA_PARM |
|
RMS12RTM.SQL |
Calls ENTRY_TYPE.SQL to insert into ENTRY_TYPE table. |
ENTRY_TYPE |
Calls ENTRY_STATUS.SQL to insert into
ENTRY_STATUS table. |
ENTRY_STATUS |
|
Calls OGA.SQL to insert into OGA table. |
OGA |
|
Calls TARIFF_TREATMENT.SQL to insert
into TARIFF_TREATMENT table. |
TARIFF_TREATMENT |
|
QUOTA_CATEGORY.SQL |
QUOTA_CATEGORY |
|
Calls COUNTRY_TARIFF_ |
COUNTRY_TARIFF_ |
|
Calls HTS_HEADINGS.SQL to insert into HTS_CHAPTER table. |
HTS_CHAPTER |
|
BASE_FORM_MENU_ |
Calls all the XML.SQL scripts for each form present in the application
to insert into the table. |
FORM_ELEMENTS FORM_ELEMENTS_TEMP FORM_ELEMENTS_LANGS_ FORM_MENU_LINK MENU_ELEMENTS MENU_ELEMENTS_TEMP MENU_ELEMENTS_LANGS_ |